Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / STAAR Surgical Company

STAAR Surgical Company

staa · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker staa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 1157
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · STAAR Surgical Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One) 
        

       

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended January 3, 2014 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

Commission file number: 0-11634    

For the Transition period from                to 

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

95-3797439 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

1911 Walker Avenue 91016 
Monrovia, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
(626) 303-7902 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of each class) 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

(Name of each exchange on which registered) 
Nasdaq Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes        No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes      No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes       No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 

required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes       No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 

to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.         

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 

 Large accelerated filer 

 Accelerated filer

 Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

 Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes      No 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2013, the last business 
day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $260,175,508 based on the closing price per share of $10.15 of 
the registrant’s Common Stock on that date. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of February 28, 2014 was 37,966,937. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and 

Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s last fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into 
Part III of this report.  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART 1 

Page 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers and corporate governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

PART III 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and director independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

PART IV 

2

15

28

28

28

28

29

31

32

45

45

45

46

47

48

48

48

48

48

49

1  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
PART I 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  statements  that  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of 
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These 
statements include comments regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of the Company and its management. Readers can 
recognize  forward-looking  statements  by  the  use  of  words  like  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “project,”  “intend,”  “plan,” 
“believe,”  “will,”  “target,”  “forecast”  and  similar  expressions  in  connection  with  any  discussion  of  future  operating  or  financial 
performance. STAAR Surgical Company cautions investors and prospective investors that any such forward-looking statements are not 
guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those projected 
in the forward-looking statements. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 

Item 1. Business 

STAAR Surgical Company designs, develops, manufactures and sells implantable lenses for the eye and delivery systems used to 
deliver lenses into the eye. We are the leading maker of lenses used worldwide in corrective or “refractive” surgery, and we also make 
lenses for use in surgery that treats cataracts. All of the lenses we make are foldable, which permits the surgeon to insert them through a 
small incision during minimally invasive surgery. 

Originally incorporated in California in 1982, STAAR Surgical Company reincorporated in Delaware in 1986. Unless the context 

indicates otherwise, “we,” “us,” the “Company,” and “STAAR” refer to STAAR Surgical Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. 

STAAR®, Visian®, Collamer®, CentraFlow®, AquaPort®,   nanoFLEX®™, nanoPOINT™, Epiphany®™, and AquaFlow™ 
are trademarks or registered trademarks of STAAR in the United States (U.S.) and other countries. Collamer® is the brand name for 
STAAR’s proprietary collagen copolymer lens material. 

A glossary explaining many of the technical terms used in this report begins on page 14. The reader may also find it helpful to 

refer to the discussion of the structure and function of the human eye that begins on page 3. 

Operations 

STAAR has significant operations globally. Activities outside the U.S. accounted for 82% of our total sales in fiscal year 2013, 
primarily due to the pacing of product approvals and commercialization that tend to occur first outside the U.S. STAAR sells its products 
in more than 60 countries, with direct distribution in the United States, Canada, Japan and Spain, and independent distribution in the 
remainder of the world. 

STAAR  maintains  operational  and  administrative  facilities  in  the  United  States,  Switzerland  and  Japan.  While  STAAR  has 
initiated a project to consolidate all of its manufacturing to its Monrovia, California facility, its current global operations are as follows: 

 •  United States. STAAR operates its global administrative headquarters and a manufacturing facility in Monrovia, California. The
Monrovia manufacturing facility principally makes Collamer and silicone intraocular lenses (IOLs), and injector systems for its
IOLs. We also manufacture the Visian implantable Collamer lenses (ICLs) and preloaded IOL injectors. STAAR manufactures
the raw material for Collamer lenses (both IOLs and ICLs) and the AquaFlow Device (for the treatment of glaucoma) in a
facility in Aliso Viejo, California. 

•  Switzerland. STAAR operates an administrative, manufacturing and distribution facility in Nidau, Switzerland under its wholly 
owned  subsidiary,  STAAR  Surgical  AG.  The  Nidau  manufacturing  facility  makes  STAAR’s  ICL  products  and  also
manufactures the AquaFlow Device. After consolidating manufacturing in Monrovia, California, STAAR plans to continue to
maintain an administrative and distribution facility in Switzerland. 

•  Japan. STAAR operates administrative and distribution facilities in Japan under its wholly owned subsidiary, STAAR Japan
Inc. STAAR Japan’s administrative facility is located in Shin-Urayasu and its distribution facility is located in Ichikawa City.
STAAR final packages its silicone preloaded IOL injectors at the Ichikawa City facility. 

2  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
The global nature of STAAR’s business operations subjects it to risks, including the effect of changes in currency exchange rates, 
differences in laws, including laws protecting intellectual property and regulating medical devices, political risks and the challenge of 
managing foreign subsidiaries. Our global manufacturing consolidation plan also exposes us to the risk of unexpected costs and possible 
supply interruptions. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Business — The global nature of our business may result in 
fluctuations and declines in our sales and profits”; “—The success of our international operations depend on our successfully managing 
our foreign subsidiaries”; “—Non-compliance with anti-corruption laws could lead to penalties or harm our reputation”; and “—We 
may not realize the expected benefits of our manufacturing consolidation project and tax strategies.” 

The Human Eye 

The following discussion provides background information on the structure, function and some of the disorders of the human eye 
to enhance the reader’s understanding of our products described in this report. The human eye is a specialized sensory organ capable of 
receiving visual images and transmitting them to the visual center in the brain. Among the main parts of the eye are the cornea, the iris, 
the lens, the retina, and the trabecular meshwork. The cornea is the clear window in the front of the eye through which light first passes. 
The  interior  surface  of  the  cornea  is  lined  with  a  single  layer  of  flat,  tile-like  endothelial  cells,  whose  function  is  to  maintain  the 
transparency of the cornea. The iris is a pigmented muscular curtain located behind the cornea which opens and closes to regulate the 
amount of light entering the eye through the pupil, an opening at the center of the iris. The natural lens is a clear structure located behind 
the iris that changes shape to focus light to the retina, located in the back of the eye. The medical term for the natural lens that is present 
in the eye from birth is “crystalline lens.” The retina is a layer of nerve tissue in the back of the eye consisting of millions of light 
receptors called rods and cones, which receive the light image and transmit it to the brain via the optic nerve. The posterior chamber of 
the eye, located behind the iris, is filled with a watery fluid called the aqueous humor, while the portion of the eye behind the lens is filled 
with a jelly-like material called the vitreous humor. The anterior chamber, which also contains aqueous humor, is the space in the eye 
behind the cornea and in front of the iris. The trabecular meshwork, a drainage channel located between the iris and the surrounding 
white portion of the eye, maintains a normal pressure in the anterior chamber of the eye by draining excess aqueous humor. 

The eye can be affected by common visual disorders, disease or trauma. One of the most prevalent ocular disorders is cataracts. 
Cataract formation is generally an age-related disorder that involves the hardening and loss of transparency of the natural crystalline 
lens, impairing visual acuity. 

Refractive  disorders,  which  generally  are  not  age-related,  include  myopia,  hyperopia  and  astigmatism.  A  normal, 
well-functioning eye receives images of objects at varying distances from the eye and focuses the images on the retina. Refractive errors 
occur when the eye’s natural optical system does not properly focus an image on the retina. Myopia, also known as nearsightedness, 
occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images in front of the retina. Hyperopia, or farsightedness, occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images 
behind the plane of the retina. Individuals with myopia or hyperopia may also have astigmatism. Astigmatism is blurred vision caused 
when an irregularly shaped cornea or, in some cases, a defect in the natural lens, produces a distorted image on the retina. Presbyopia is 
an age-related refractive disorder that limits a person’s ability to see in the near and middle distance range as the natural crystalline lens 
loses its elasticity, reducing the eye’s ability to accommodate or adjust its focus for varying distances. 

Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas 

STAAR’s principal products are ICLs and IOLs used in ophthalmic surgery. Because STAAR generates 100% of its sales from 
the  ophthalmic  surgical product  segment,  it  operates  as one operating  segment  for  financial  reporting purposes. See  Note 16  to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information about product lines and operations in geographic areas. 

Principal Products 

In designing our products we have the following goals: 

 •  To improve patient outcomes; 

 •  To minimize patient risk; and 

 •  To simplify ophthalmic procedures or post-operative care for the surgeon and the patient. 

3  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Visian ICL (ICLs). Refractive surgery corrects the types of visual disorders that glasses or contact lenses have traditionally treated 
(myopia, hyperopia, astigmatism and presbyopia). The field of refractive surgery includes both lens-based procedures, using products 
like our ICL, and laser-based procedures like LASIK. The ICL product line treats a wide range of refractive errors within commonly 
known vision disorders such as myopia (nearsightedness), hyperopia (farsightedness) and astigmatism. 

The ICL folds for minimally invasive implantation behind the iris and in front of the natural crystalline lens, using techniques 
similar to those used to implant an IOL during cataract surgery, except that the natural lens remains intact in the eye. Lenses of this type 
are generically called “phakic IOLs” or “phakic implants” because they work along with the patient’s natural lens, or phakos, rather than 
replacing it. The surgeon typically implants the ICL using topical anesthesia on an outpatient basis. The patient usually recovers vision 
within one to 24 hours. 

The ICL is the only posterior chamber phakic IOL (PIOL) approved for sale in the U.S., and we believe it is the world’s largest 
selling  phakic  IOL.  We  believe  that  our  leadership  in  commercializing  this  technology  results  from  a  number  of  factors,  including 
proprietary  design  features  and  the  biocompatibility  of  the  patent-protected  Collamer  material.  STAAR  believes  that  the 
biocompatibility of the Collamer material used for the ICL (and Toric ICL –TICL) is a significant factor in the ability to place this lens 
safely in the posterior chamber of the eye. Compared to lenses placed in the anterior chamber, we believe that placement in the posterior 
chamber provides superior optical results and superior cosmetic appearance, and poses less risk of damage to the cornea. 

The ICL has been implanted into more than 400,000 eyes worldwide. The FDA approved the ICL for myopia for use in the U.S. 
in December 2005. In September 2011, STAAR launched the ICL with CentraFLOW technology, which uses a proprietary port in the 
center of the ICL optic. The port is of a size intended to optimize the flow of fluid within the eye without affecting the quality of vision, 
and eliminates the need for the surgeon to perform a YAG peripheral iridotomy procedure days before the ICL implant. By simplifying 
the procedure and increasing patient comfort, the CentraFLOW technology makes the superior visual outcomes of the ICL available 
through a surgical implantation experience closer to LASIK. Outside the U.S., countries where we may sell the ICL and the TICL, which 
corrects  for  both  astigmatism  and  myopia,  include  the  following:   the  countries  that  require  the  European  Union  CE  Mark,  China, 
Canada, Korea, Japan, India, Brazil, the Middle East and Singapore. We sell the ICL with CentraFLOW technology in countries that 
require the European Union CE Mark, Korea, Japan, India and certain countries in the Middle East. STAAR submitted its application for 
U.S. approval of the TICL to the FDA in 2006 which is currently under review (see “Regulatory Matters – Regulatory Requirements in 
the United States – Status of Toric ICL Submission”). 

The Hyperopic ICL, which treats far-sightedness, is approved for use in countries that require the European Union CE Mark and 

in Canada. 

The ICL is available for myopia in the United States in four lengths and 27 powers for each length.   Outside the U.S., the ICL is 
available for myopia and hyperopia and is available in multiple models and lengths totaling hundreds of different types of inventoried 
lenses.   This requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory to meet the customer preference for rapid delivery.   Outside the U.S. 
the Toric ICL is available for myopia and hyperopia in the same powers and lengths and also carries additional parameters of cylinder 
and axis.   As a result, we often make the Toric ICL to order, though we were still able to deliver approximately 76% of our Toric ICLs 
from stock during 2013. 

Sales of ICLs (including TICLs) accounted for approximately 61% of our total sales in fiscal 2013, 55% of our total sales in fiscal 

2012, and 51% of our total sales in fiscal 2011. 

Minimally Invasive Intraocular Lenses (IOLs). We produce and market a line of foldable IOLs for use in minimally invasive 
cataract surgical procedures. Because these lenses fold, surgeons can implant them into the eye through an incision less than 3mm in 
length, and for one model as small as 2.2 mm. Surgeons prefer foldable lenses and small incisions because clinical evidence has shown 
that larger incisions can induce corneal astigmatism, extend healing times, and increase the possibility of infection. Once inserted, the 
IOL unfolds naturally to replace the cataractous lens. 

In  most  countries  government  agencies  reimburse  the  cost  of  cataract  surgery  and  IOLs.  Some  countries  permit  ophthalmic 
surgeons and surgical centers to collect an additional fee from the cataract patient for products and services that go beyond standard 
treatment. STAAR’s strategic direction is to offer IOLs that fall within the categories that offer an opportunity to increase average selling 
prices. For example, the U.S. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) allows the provider to receive an additional payment 
from the patient for the premium lens and associated services. STAAR’s Toric IOL falls in this category. 

4  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Currently, our foldable IOLs are manufactured from both our proprietary Collamer material and silicone. STAAR offers both 
materials in two differently configured styles: the single-piece design where both the optic and haptics are made of the same material and 
the three-piece design where Polyimide loop haptics are attached to the optic. We believe that the physical and optical properties of 
Collamer, which has a high water content, gives it distinct advantages as a material for prosthetic IOLs used in cataract surgery. The 
selection of one style over the other is primarily based on the preference of the ophthalmologist. STAAR also sells aspheric IOLs made 
of silicone and Collamer, which use optical designs that produce a clearer image than traditional spherical lenses, especially in low light. 
For  example,  the  STAAR  nanoFLEX  IOL  is  a  single  piece  Collamer  aspheric  optic  and  can  be  delivered  through  a  2.2  mm 
micro-incision using STAAR’s nanoPOINT Injection System. 

We have developed and currently market, principally in the U.S., the Toric IOL, a toric version of our single-piece silicone IOL, 

which is specifically designed for cataract patients who also have pre-existing astigmatism. 

Also,  in  Japan,  Europe  and  China,  we  sell  a  “Preloaded  Injector”  with  a  silicone  or  acrylic  IOL  packaged  and  shipped  in  a 
pre-sterilized,  disposable  injector  ready  for  use  in  cataract  surgery.  We  believe  the  Preloaded  Injector  offers  surgeons  improved 
convenience and reliability. The acrylic-lens-based Preloaded Injector uses a lens supplied by a third party. The supplier also assembles 
and sells the acrylic Preloaded Injector under its own brand, using injector parts purchased from our subsidiary, STAAR Japan. STAAR 
Japan’s agreement with the supplier provides for the sale of the acrylic Preloaded Injector in additional territories by mutual agreement 
of the two companies. 

Sales of IOLs accounted for approximately 33% of our total sales in fiscal 2013, 41% of our total sales in fiscal 2012, and 44% of 

our total sales in fiscal 2011. 

Other Surgical Products 

We  also  sell  other  related  instruments  and  devices  that  we  manufacture  or  that  are  manufactured  by  others,  but  we  have 
deemphasized these products in the past few years due to their relatively lower overall gross profit margins. For example, in 2012 we 
exited the surgical pack business. Sales of other surgical products accounted for approximately 5% of our total sales in fiscal 2013, 4% of 
our total sales in fiscal 2012, and 5% of our total sales in fiscal 2011. 

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials 

STAAR uses a wide range of raw materials in the production of its products. STAAR purchases most of the raw materials and 
components from external suppliers. Some of our raw materials are single-sourced due to regulatory constraints, cost effectiveness, 
availability, quality, and vendor reliability issues. Many of our components are standard parts or materials and are available from a 
variety of sources although we do not typically pursue regulatory and quality certification of multiple sources of supply. Due to the 
production capacity constraints with our third party supplier of acrylic IOLs, we are backlogged for those products. We continue to 
discuss increasing supply from our supplier while also seeking alternative suppliers. 

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses 

We strive to protect our investment in the research, development, manufacturing and marketing of our products through the use of 
patents,  licenses,  trademarks,  copyrights,  and  trade  secrets.  We  own  or  have  rights  to  a  number  of  patents,  licenses,  trademarks, 
copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property directly related and important to our business. As of January 3, 2014, we owned 
approximately 79 United States and foreign patents and had approximately 11 patent applications pending. In addition, as of January 3, 
2014, our  Japanese  subsidiary  owned  approximately  75  Japanese  and foreign patents and had  approximately  10  patent  applications 
pending. 

We consider our patents to be significant when they protect the exclusivity of our material products in the marketplace or provide 
an opportunity to obtain material royalties or cross-licenses of intellectual property from other manufacturers. Because we have limited 
knowledge of the research and development efforts and strategic plans of our competitors, we can only estimate the value of our patents 
and the significance of any particular patent’s expiration. Competitors may be able to design products that avoid infringing on patents 
that we regard as valuable, or they may find patents that we regard as less significant to be obstacles to their development of competing 
products. Our internal  assessments  of  our  patents  include  confidential  information,  the disclosure of which  would  cause  significant 
competitive harm to STAAR. 

Our material patents generally fall within three areas of technology: (1) design of a posterior chamber phakic intraocular lens used 
to treat refractive errors of the eye (ICLs); (2) the Collamer lens material; and (3) lens delivery systems for folding intraocular lenses 
(injectors and cartridges, both stand-alone and preloaded, used with ICLs and IOLs). 

5  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR has several patents covering design features that we believe are important to the safety and effectiveness of its ICLs, and 
that we believe would be necessary or desirable for any competing posterior chamber phakic IOL. These patents expire between 2014 
and 2016. Collamer belongs to a family of materials known as collagen copolymers. Collagen copolymers are compounds formed by 
joining molecules of collagen derived from biological sources with synthetic monomer molecules. The patents that underlie the specific 
formulation and manufacturing methods for Collamer expire between 2014 and 2016, with the last blocking patent expiring in 2017. 
Over the past two years, we have filed patent applications covering new lens designs, and new lens delivery systems. 

STAAR also owns numerous patents covering the technology of foldable lens delivery systems, including injectors, cartridges 
and preloaded injectors and their specific design features. This group of patents includes relatively recent patents with up to 10 years of 
life remaining. However, patents covering the more fundamental lens delivery technologies began expiring in 2013 and will continue in 
2014. 

Worldwide,  we  sell  all  of  our  major  products  under  trademarks we  consider  to be  important  to our business. The scope  and 
duration of trademark protection varies widely throughout the world. In some countries, trademark protection continues only as long as 
the mark is used. Other countries require registration of trademarks and the payment of registration fees. Trademark registrations are 
generally for fixed but renewable terms. 

We  protect  our  proprietary  technology,  in  part,  through  confidentiality  and  nondisclosure  agreements  with  employees, 
consultants  and other parties.  Our  confidentiality  agreements  with  employees  and  consultants generally  contain  standard provisions 
requiring those individuals to assign to STAAR, without additional consideration, inventions conceived or reduced to practice by them 
while employed or retained by STAAR, subject to customary exceptions. 

Seasonality 

Seasonality does not materially affect our sales. 

Distribution and Customers 

We market our products to a variety of health care providers, including surgical centers, hospitals, managed care providers, health 
maintenance  organizations,  group  purchasing  organizations  and  government  facilities.  The  primary  user  of  our  products  is  the 
ophthalmologist. 

We sell our products directly through our own sales representatives in the U.S., Canada, Japan and Spain and, supplemented by 
independent distributors, in approximately 60 countries worldwide. We maintain a global marketing team, as well as regional marketing 
personnel to support the promotion and sale of our products. The global marketing department supports selling efforts by developing and 
providing  promotional  materials,  educational  courses,  speakers’  programs,  participation  in  trade  shows  and  technical  presentations. 
Where we distribute products directly, we rely on local sales representatives to help generate sales by promoting and demonstrating our 
products with physicians. In the U.S., we also rely on independent sales representatives to sell our products under the supervision of 
directly employed sales managers. In Japan, we also sell through a local distributor. 

A single customer, WooJeon Medical Co., Ltd., our Korean distributor, has accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net 

revenue in each of the last three fiscal years. WooJeon generated the following amounts and percentages of revenue in those years: 

Revenue Generated by WooJeon 

Net Revenue 
  ($, in 
  thousands) 

$ 
$ 
$ 

7,743   
6,713   
8,142   

Fiscal Year 
2013 
2012 
2011 

Net Revenue
  as Percentage
  of 
  Consolidated
  Net Revenue
10.7% 
10.5% 
13.0% 

6  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Backlog 

The dollar amount of STAAR’s backlog orders is not significant in relation to total annual sales. We generally keep sufficient 

inventory on hand to ship product when ordered. 

The ICL is manufactured to address refractive prescriptions across a broad range of correction, resulting in a large number of 
Stock Keeping Units (SKUs). The challenge of maintaining inventory in all models can result in a backlog in customer orders. Backlog 
is not currently at a significant level in relation to our total annual sales. However, unexpectedly large orders for ICLs could increase our 
backlog.  STAAR  believes  it  has  sufficient  capacity  to  ramp  up  production  levels  to  meet  demand  and  that  any  backlogs  will  be 
temporary.  However,  delays  in  filling  orders  can  result  in  lost  sales  if  alternative  refractive  treatments  are  available  to  the  patient. 
Because Toric ICLs treat an even greater variety of refractive errors and at times must be custom made for the patient, customers are 
accustomed to a special order procedure and do not expect immediate delivery of Toric ICLs from inventory. 

Our pre-loaded single piece acrylic IOL has experienced backlogs due to manufacturing capacity constraints occurring at our 
third-party acrylic lens supplier. Although the supplier is working to resolve the issue, and plans to do so by the second half of fiscal year 
2014, there is no guaranty of increased supply to us. While we continue to exploring alternatives, to date we have been unable to identify 
and validate an alternative supplier. 

Government Contracts 

No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election 

of the U.S. Government. 

Competition 

Competition in the ophthalmic surgical product market is intense and is primarily driven by technological innovation and the 
regulatory approval required to commercialize it in the key markets around the world. The development of new or improved products 
may  make  existing  products  less  attractive,  reduce  them  to  commodity  status  or  even  make  them  obsolete.  To  remain  competitive, 
companies such as STAAR must devote continued efforts and significant financial resources to enhance their existing products and to 
develop new products. 

In the refractive market, our ICL technology competes with other elective surgical procedures such as laser vision correction or 

LASIK, for those consumers who are looking for an alternative to eyeglasses or contact lenses to correct their vision. 

We believe our primary competition in selling the ICL to patients seeking surgery to correct refractive conditions lies not in 
similar products to the ICL, but in the much better known and widely available laser surgical procedures. Novartis (formerly Alcon), 
Abbott  Medical  Optics  (formerly  Advanced  Medical Optics  or AMO),  and  Valeant (formerly  Bausch  & Lomb  or  B&L)  all  market 
excimer lasers for corneal refractive surgery and promote their sales worldwide. 

Phakic  implants  that  compete  with  the  ICL  are  also  available  in  the  marketplace.  The  three  principal  types  of  phakic  IOLs 
(PIOLs) are (1) posterior chamber designs like the ICL, (2) iris clip anterior chamber PIOLs like the Artisan® and Artiflex® lenses made 
by Ophtec (Artisan® is distributed in the U.S. by AMO under the Verisyse® brand), and (3) angle-supported anterior chamber PIOLs 
like the Cachet™ made by Alcon and sold outside the U.S. We believe the ICL has compelling clinical advantages over the other lenses, 
which are reflected in our estimated 75% market share of the global phakic IOL market. The ICL is the only foldable, minimally invasive 
PIOL approved for sale in the U.S. 

As with the refractive market, the global cataract market is highly concentrated, with the top three competitors (Novartis, Abbott 
and Valeant) combined accounting for approximately 70% of total market revenue, according to internal estimates and a 2013 report by 
Market Scope, LLC, a publisher of ophthalmic industry analysis. 

Regulatory Matters 

Nearly all countries where we sell our products have regulations requiring premarket clearance or approval of medical devices. 
Various federal, state, local and foreign laws also apply to our operations, including, among other things, working conditions, laboratory, 
clinical, and manufacturing practices, and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. 

7  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The requirements for clearance or approval to market medical products vary widely by country. The requirements range from 
minimal requirements to requirements comparable to those established by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). For example, 
many countries in South America and the Middle East have minimal regulatory requirements, while many others, such as Japan, have 
requirements of similarly stringency to those of the FDA. Obtaining clearance or approval to distribute medical products is costly and 
time-consuming in virtually all of the major markets where we sell medical devices. We cannot give any assurance that any new medical 
devices we develop will be cleared or approved in a timely or cost-effective manner, if at all. The regulatory requirements in our most 
important current markets, the U.S., Europe and Japan, are discussed below. 

Regulatory Requirements in the United States. 

Under the federal Food, Drug & Cosmetic Act, as amended (the Act), the FDA has the authority to regulate, among other things, 
the  design,  development,  manufacturing,  preclinical  and  clinical  testing,  labeling,  product  safety,  marketing,  sales,  distribution, 
pre-market clearance and approval, recordkeeping, reporting, advertising, promotion, post-market surveillance, and import and export of 
medical devices. 

Most of our products are medical devices intended for human use within the meaning of the Act and, therefore, are subject to FDA 

regulation. 

Each  medical  device  we  seek  to  commercially  distribute  in  the  United  States  must  first  receive  clearance  to  market  under  a 
notification submitted pursuant to Section 510(k) of the Act, known as the 510(k) premarket notification, or pre-market approval (PMA) 
from the FDA, unless specifically exempted by the agency. The FDA classifies all medical devices into one of three classes. The FDA 
establishes  procedures  for  compliance  based  upon  the  device’s  classification  as  Class  I  (general  controls,  such  as  establishment 
registration and device listing with FDA, labeling and record-keeping requirements), Class II (performance standards in addition to 
general controls) or Class III (pre-market approval (PMA) required before commercial marketing). Devices deemed to pose lower risk 
are categorized as either Class I or II, which require the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a 510(k) pre-market notification requesting 
clearance of the device for commercial distribution in the United States. Some low risk devices are exempt from this requirement. Class 
III  devices  are  deemed  by  the  FDA  to  pose  the  greatest  risk  and  are  the  most  extensively  regulated.  These  devices  include 
life-supporting, life sustaining, or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared 
device.  The  effect  of  assigning  a  device  to  Class  III  is  to  require  each  manufacturer  to  submit  to  the  FDA  a  PMA  that  includes 
information on the safety and effectiveness of the device. The FDA reviews device applications and notifications through its Office of 
Device Evaluation, or “ODE.” 

510(k) Clearance. Our lens injector systems are Class I devices subject to the 510(k) pre-market review and clearance process. A 
medical  device  that  is  substantially  equivalent  to  either  a  previously-cleared  medical  device  or  a  device  that  was  in  commercial 
distribution  before  May  28, 1976  for which  the  FDA  has  not  yet  called  for  the  submission of  a  PMA, or  is  a device  that  has been 
reclassified from Class III to either Class II or I may be eligible for the FDA’s 510(k) pre-market notification process. FDA clearance 
under Section 510(k) of the Act does not imply that the safety, reliability and effectiveness of the medical device has been approved or 
validated by the FDA. The review period and FDA determination as to substantial equivalence generally takes from three to twelve 
months from the date the application is submitted and filed. However, the process may take significantly longer, and clearance is never 
assured. Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires significant 
clinical data to support substantial equivalence. In reviewing a pre-market notification, the FDA may request additional information 
including clinical data, which may significantly prolong the review process. 

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would 
constitute  a  major  change  in  its  intended  use,  will  require  a  new 510(k)  clearance  or  could  require  pre-market  approval.  The  FDA 
requires each manufacturer to make its own initial determination as to whether a change meets this threshold. However, the FDA can 
review  any  such  decision  and  can  disagree  with  a  manufacturer’s  determination.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  a  manufacturer’s 
determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or a PMA 
is  obtained.  We  have  modified  aspects  of  some  of  our  devices  since  receiving  510(k)  clearance,  and  have  determined  that  no  new 
clearance or approval was required. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval for any modifications to a 
previously  cleared  product,  we  may  be  required  to  cease  marketing  or  recall  the  modified  device  until  we  obtain  this  clearance  or 
approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. 

8  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The FDA is currently considering proposals to reform its 510(k) marketing clearance process and such proposals could include 
increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period. In response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding 
the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the 510(k) program, and in 
January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices. 
The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient 
safety.  In  addition,  as  part  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  Safety  and  Innovation  Act  (FDASIA),  Congress  reauthorized  the 
Medical  Device  User  Fee  Amendments  with  various  FDA  performance  goal  commitments  and  enacted  several  “Medical  Device 
Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulations 
both  pre-  and  post-approval.  We  cannot  predict  which  of  the  510(k)  marketing  clearance  reforms  currently  being  discussed  and/or 
proposed might be enacted, finalized or implemented by the FDA and whether the FDA will propose additional modifications to the 
regulations  governing  medical  devices  in  the  future.  Any  such  modification  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to 
commercialize our products. 

Premarket Approval. Our IOLs, ICLs, and AquaFlow Devices are Class III devices subject to the PMA approval process. When 
510(k) clearance is not available, the more rigorous PMA process requires us to demonstrate independently that the new medical device 
is safe and effective for its intended use. A PMA must be supported by, among other things, extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical 
testing, manufacturing and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. 

After a PMA application is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which typically 
takes  between  one  and  three  years,  but  may  take  significantly  longer.  During  the  review  period,  the  FDA  may  request  additional 
information  or  clarification  of  information  already  provided.  In  addition  to  its  own  review,  the  FDA  may  organize  an  independent 
advisory panel of experts to review the PMA whenever a device is the first of its kind or the FDA otherwise determines panel review is 
warranted. The FDA holds panels on a regular basis, but the need to schedule panel review usually adds some weeks or months to the 
review process. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with 
Quality  System  Regulation  (QSR)  which  imposes  elaborate  design  development,  testing,  control,  documentation  and  other  quality 
assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions 
intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and 
distribution and collection of long-term follow-up from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the 
conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. 

If a manufacturer plans to make significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, or design of an approved PMA 
device, the manufacturer must submit an application called a “PMA Supplement” regarding the change. The FDA generally reviews 
PMA Supplements on a 180-day agency timetable, which may be extended if significant questions arise in review of the supplement. A 
manufacturer may implement certain changes prior to the FDA’s review of the PMA Supplement. The FDA designates some PMA 
Supplements  as  “panel  track”  supplements,  which  means  that  the  agency  believes  review  by  an  advisory  panel  may  be  warranted. 
Designation as a panel-track supplement does not necessarily mean that panel review will actually occur. 

Clinical or Market Trials. A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k) 
pre-market notification. Clinical trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) to 
the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is 
safe to test the device in humans and that the investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in 
advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more 
abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as 
well as the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs) at the clinical or market trial sites, and the informed consent of the patients 
participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it 
concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct in the U.S. must be conducted in 
accordance with FDA regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. 
Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product. 

Oversight  of  compliance  with  quality,  medical  device  reporting  and  other  regulations.  Both  before  and  after  we  receive 
pre-market clearance or approval and release a product commercially, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations. The 
FDA reviews  design  and  manufacturing  practices,  labeling  and  record  keeping,  and  manufacturers’  required  reports  of  adverse 
experiences  and  other  information  to  identify  potential  problems  with  marketed  medical  devices.  We  are  also  subject  to  periodic 
inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s quality system regulations and requirements, such as restrictions on advertising 
and promotion. The Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) regulations for medical devices known as the QSR, govern the methods used 
in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, packaging and servicing of all finished medical devices intended for 
human use. 

9  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The FDA’s Bioresearch Monitoring Program (BIMO), reviews our activities as a sponsor of clinical research. BIMO conducts 
facilities inspections as part of a program designed to ensure that data and information contained in requests for IDEs, PMA applications 
and 510(k) submissions are scientifically valid and accurate. Another objective of the program is to ensure that human subjects are 
protected from undue hazard or risk during the course of scientific investigations. 

If the FDA were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our medical devices 
are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, the FDA could require us to notify health professionals and others that the devices 
present unreasonable risk or substantial harm to public health, order a recall, repair, replacement, or refund of the devices, detain or seize 
adulterated or misbranded medical devices, or ban the medical devices.   The FDA may also issue warning letters or untitled letters, 
refuse our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, revoke existing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals previously granted, 
impose operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices and assess civil or 
criminal penalties against our officers, employees, or us.   The FDA may also recommend prosecution to the Department of Justice.   For 
example, in 2007 we received a warning letter following a BIMO inspection that identified negative inspectional observations.   Prior to 
the inspection and the warning letter, we submitted a PMA supplement for the TICL to the FDA on April 28, 2006, which the agency 
designated as a panel-track supplement.   In August 2007, following negative inspectional observations and the Warning Letter the FDA 
Office of Device Evaluation placed an integrity hold on our TICL application.   Over a two-year period we took a number of corrective 
actions to address BIMO’s concerns and to remove the integrity hold, including engaging an independent third party to conduct a 100% 
audit of patient records in the TICL clinical study, along with an audit of clinical systems to ensure accuracy and completeness of data 
before  resubmitting  the  application.   On  July  21,  2009,  the  FDA  notified  us  that  as  a  result  of  our  corrective  actions  the  FDA  had 
removed the integrity hold on the application for approval of the TICL, and would resume its consideration of the application.   During 
August  and  September  2009,  we  and  the  FDA  resolved  a  number  of  questions  related  to  the  TICL  supplement  in  an  interactive 
process.   On February 3, 2010, we received a letter of deficiency from the FDA outlining additional questions.   On August 2, 2010, we 
responded to the FDA’s deficiency letter.   After that response, we were in dialogue with the agency, working interactively to resolve a 
series of follow-up questions.   On April 22, 2011, we responded to the questions from the agency, which concerned the basis for an 
increase in the number of reported patient follow-up visits following the independent third party audit of the clinical data, and have 
responded to additional follow-up questions after that date.   On November 29, 2011, we received a letter of deficiency from the FDA 
further questioning the clinical data, specifically the inclusion of patient data that was obtained outside the study windows, requesting 
additional information on the lens design and a validation report for the Toric ICL power calculation software.   After further interactions 
with the FDA throughout 2012, on November 15, 2012, we submitted (1) clinical data showing no statistical difference in the clinical 
outcomes with or without the patient data that was obtained outside the study windows, (2) engineering data regarding the lens design, 
and (3) a validation report for the Toric ICL power calculation software.     The FDA has organized an advisory panel meeting to review 
the PMA supplement, which is scheduled for March 14, 2014.   We cannot predict when, or if, the FDA may grant approval of the Toric 
ICL. 

Our  ability  to  continue  our  U.S.  business  depends  on  the  continuous  improvement  of  our  quality  systems  and  our  ability  to 
demonstrate compliance with FDA regulations. Accordingly, our management expects to continue to devote significant resources and 
attention to those efforts for the foreseeable future. 

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws and Regulations 

Even though we do not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers, 
certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are applicable to our business. 
We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we 
conduct our business. The regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, without limitation: 

 •  the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, 
soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item 
or  service  or  the  purchasing  or  ordering  of  a  good  or  service,  for  which  payment  may  be  made  under  federal  healthcare 
programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; 

 •  the  federal  False  Claims  Act,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from  knowingly  presenting,  or
causing to be presented, false claims, or knowingly using false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government, and
which may apply to entities that provide coding and billing advice to customers; 

 •  federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements 

relating to healthcare matters; 

10  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
•  the  federal  physician  sunshine  requirements  under  the  Health  Care  Reform  Law,  which  requires  manufacturers  of  drugs,
devices,  biologics,  and  medical  supplies  to  report  annually  to  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services  information
related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  to  physicians,  other  healthcare  providers,  and  teaching  hospitals,  and
ownership and investment interests held by physicians and other healthcare providers and their immediate family members; 

•  the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for
Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the 
security and privacy of protected health information; and 

 •  state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or 
services  reimbursed  by  any  third-party  payer,  including  commercial  insurers;  state  laws  that  require  device  companies  to
comply  with  the  industry’s  voluntary  compliance  guidelines  and  the  applicable  compliance  guidance  promulgated  by  the
federal  government,  or  otherwise  restrict  payments  that  may  be  made  to  healthcare  providers  and  other  potential  referral
sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to 
physicians and other healthcare providers or  marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of
health  information  in  certain  circumstances,  which  may  differ  from  each  other  and  may  not  have  the  same  effect,  thus
complicating compliance efforts. 

 Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that 
some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. In addition, recent health care reform 
legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the recently enacted Health Care Reform Law, among other things, amends the 
intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to 
have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government 
may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or 
fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. 

Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. In addition, any action against us for violation of these 
laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention 
from  the  operation  of  our  business.  If  our  operations  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  any  of  the  laws  described  above  or  any  other 
governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the 
exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  and  state  healthcare  programs,  imprisonment,  or  the  curtailment  or  restructuring  of  our 
operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our reputation and our financial results. 

Regulatory Requirements outside the United States. 

CE Marking. In the European Economic Area (EEA), which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus 
Norway, Iceland, and Liechtenstein, medical devices must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive 
(Council Directive 93/42/EEC). Compliance with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Device Directive is a prerequisite to be 
able to affix a Conformité Européenne Mark (CE Mark), without which medical devices cannot be marketed or sold in the EEA. To 
demonstrate  compliance  with  the  essential  requirements,  medical  device  manufacturers  must  undergo  a  conformity  assessment 
procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. 

The  method  of  assessing  conformity  varies  depending  on  the  class  of  the  product,  but  normally  involves  a  combination  of 
self-assessment  by  the  manufacturer  and  a  third-party  assessment  by  a  “Notified  Body.”  Notified  Bodies  are  a  group  of  private 
quality-monitoring  organizations  that  are  accredited  to  review  medical  devices  and  to  monitor  quality  systems  and  adverse  event 
reporting. The independent Notified Bodies perform, on a privatized basis, functions similar to the FDA in the U.S. and the PMDA in 
Japan.  Our  facilities  in  the  U.S.,  Japan  and  Switzerland  are  all  subject  to  regular  inspection  by  a  designated  Notified  Body.  Other 
countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to 
medical devices, and a number of countries outside of Europe permit importation of devices bearing the CE Mark. 

We have affixed the CE Mark to all of our principal products including ICL and TICL products, IOLs, injector systems and our 

AquaFlow Device. 

11 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Medical  Device  Regulation  in  Japan.  The  Japanese  Ministry  of  Health,  Labor,  and  Welfare  (MHLW)  regulates  the  sale  of 
medical  devices  under  Japan’s  Pharmaceutical  Affairs  Law  (PAL).  The  Pharmaceutical  and  Medical  Devices  Agency  (PMDA),  a 
quasi-governmental organization, performs many of the medical device review functions for MHLW. Medical devices generally must 
undergo thorough safety examinations and demonstrate medical efficacy before the MHLW grants shonin (pre-market device approval) 
or  ninsho  (certification).  Manufacturers  and  resellers  (referred  to  as  Marketing  Authorization  Holders  or  MAHs)  must  also  satisfy 
certain  requirements  before  the  MHLW  grants  a  business  license,  or  kyoka.  Requirements  for  manufacturers  and  MAHs  include 
compliance with Japanese regulations covering GQP (good quality control practice) and GVP (good vigilance practice), which largely 
include conformity to the ISO 13485 standard and are similar to good manufacturing practice and post-market surveillance requirements 
in the U.S., as well as the assignment of internal supervisors over marketing, quality assurance and safety control. 

Approval for a new medical device that lacks a substantial equivalent in the Japanese market will generally require the submission 
of clinical trial data. Only a licensed MAH can apply for premarket device approval in Japan, and in most cases, the clinical trial data 
must  include data gathered from Japanese subjects. For example, STAAR Japan conducted a separate clinical trial  in Japan for the 
shonin application for the ICL. Also, approval for a new medical device will require the manufacturer to undertake to reexamine the 
safety and efficacy of the device with a review of postmarket data gathered within a certain period - normally four years - after approval. 
The specific postmarket reexamination requirement for a medical device is announced at the time of approval. 

STAAR Japan currently holds shonin approval for the ICL and Toric ICL, preloaded injectors and their associated lenses, and 
kyoka licensing as a manufacturer and MAH of medical devices. The sponsor of a clinical trial submitted to the MHLW must strictly 
follow  Good  Clinical  Practice  (GCP)  standards,  and  must  follow  the  trial  with  standard  Good  Postmarket  Study  Practice  (GPSP) 
reporting  and  a  follow-up  program.  MHLW  and  PMDA  also  assess  the  quality  management  systems  of  manufacturers  and  the 
conformity of products to the requirements of PAL. STAAR is subject to inspection for compliance by these agencies. A company’s 
failure  to  comply  with  PAL can  result  in  severe penalties,  including revocation  or  suspension  of  a  company’s business  license  and 
possible criminal sanctions. 

Third Party Coverage and Reimbursement 

Health  care  providers  generally  rely  on  third-party  payers,  including  governmental  payers  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid, 
private  insurance  plans  and  workers’  compensation  plans,  to  cover  and  reimburse  the  cost  of  medical  devices  and  related 
services.   These third-party payers may deny coverage or reimbursement for a medical device if they determine that the product or 
procedure using the product was not medically appropriate or necessary and are increasingly challenging the price of medical devices 
and services. 

Our ICL products generally are not covered by third-party payers, and patients incur out-of-pocket costs for these products and 
related  procedures  using  our  products.   Our  IOL  products  used  in  cataract  procedures  generally  are  covered  by  third-party  payers, 
including Medicare, in whole or in part depending upon a variety of factors, including the specific product used and geographic location 
where the procedure using the covered product is performed.   The market for some of our IOL products therefore is influenced by 
third-party payers’ policies. 

In  the  United  States,  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services,  the  agency  responsible  for  administering  the  Medicare 
program,  or  CMS,  sets  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  for  the  Medicare  program.   CMS  may  modify  its  coverage  and 
reimbursement policies related to IOLs, including our IOLs, as well as cataract procedures using IOLs, at any time.   Since the enactment 
of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the 
Health Care Reform Law, there have been an increasing number of legislative initiatives in the United States to contain health care 
coverage and reimbursement by governmental and other payers.   These new laws, as well as future laws that may be enacted, may result 
in additional reductions in Medicare and other health care funding, which could have a material adverse effect on our customers and 
thus, our financial operations. 

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have 
instituted cost containment initiatives similar to those in the United States.   For example, price reductions have been mandated in several 
European countries, including Germany, Italy and Spain.   There can be no assurance that third-party coverage and reimbursement will 
be available or adequate, or that such policies or any future legislation or regulation will not adversely affect the demand for our IOLs or 
our ability to sell these products at the prices they want. 

12  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Research and Development 

We focus on furthering technological advancements in the ophthalmic products industry through the development of innovative 
premium ophthalmic products (lenses and delivery systems there for), materials and designs. We maintain active internal research and 
development programs, which also include clinical activities and regulatory affairs and are comprised of approximately 26 employees. 
In order to achieve our business objectives, we will continue our investment in research and development. 

During the last few years STAAR has regularly introduced new products from its pipeline of research and development projects. 
For example, during 2013 we began introducing the nanoFLEX Toric Collamer IOL in selected countries that accept the CE Mark. 
During 2012, we introduced the KS-SP Preloaded Hydrophobic Acrylic Injector System in Japan and limited markets in Europe. During 
2011,  we  introduced  the  ICL  V4c  with  CentraFLOW  technology  in  Europe  and  other  territories  that  recognize  the  CE  Mark,  and 
launched the Toric ICL in Japan. During 2010, we introduced the nanoPOINT 2.0 microincision injector for the ICL and launched an 
expanded range of ICL products in countries that accept the CE Mark. 

During 2014, our goal is to continue our focus on research and development in the following areas: 

 • 

 • 

 • 

 • 

Enhancements to the ICL that may simplify the procedure and further improve its efficacy; 

Development of preloaded injector systems for Collamer ICLs and IOLs; 

Development of a global hydrophobic acrylic IOL platform; and 

Development of presbyopia-correcting IOLs and ICLs. 

Research and development expenses were approximately $6.7 million, $6.4 million, and $5.9 million for our 2013, 2012, and 

2011 fiscal years, respectively. We expect to invest approximately 9-10% of sales for research and development in 2014. 

Environmental Matters 

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We believe that our operations comply in 
all  material  respects  with  applicable  environmental  laws  and  regulations  in  each  country  where  we  do  business.  We  do  not  expect 
compliance with these laws to affect materially our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We have no plans to invest in 
material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the remainder of our current fiscal year or for the next fiscal year. 
We  are  not  aware  of  any  pending  actions,  litigation  or  significant  financial  obligations  arising  from  current  or  past  environmental 
practices that are likely to have a material adverse impact on our financial position. However, environmental problems relating to our 
properties could develop in the future, and such problems could require significant expenditures. In addition, we cannot predict changes 
in environmental legislation or regulations that may be adopted or enacted in the future and that may adversely affect us. 

Employees 

As of March 1, 2014, we employed approximately 335 persons. 

Code of Ethics 

STAAR has adopted a revised Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers, and employees. 

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website, www.staar.com — Investor Information: Corporate Governance. 

Additional Information 

We make available free of charge through our website, www.staar.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to any reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable, after those reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”). 

 The public may read any of the items we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, 
DC  20549.  The  public  may  obtain  information  about  the  operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at 
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information 
regarding STAAR and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. 

13  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Glossary 

The following glossary is intended to help the reader understand some of the terms used in this Report. 

acrylic – a broadly used family of plastics. Acrylic materials used in IOLs have been both water repelling (hydrophobic) and 
water-absorbing ( hydrophilic ). The most popular IOLs in the U.S., Europe and Japan are made of a flexible, water-repellent acrylic 
material. 

aspheric  –  aspheric  lenses  are  lenses  that  are  designed  in  a  shape  that  creates  a  more  clearly  focused  image  than  traditional   
spheric    lenses. By reducing spherical aberrations, IOLs that feature aspheric optics generally deliver better night vision and contrast 
sensitivity than spheric IOLs. 

collagen  copolymer  -  collagen  copolymers  are  compounds  formed  by  joining  molecules  of  collagen derived from  biological 
sources with synthetic monomer molecules. STAAR’s Collamer® is a collagen copolymer engineered specifically for use in implantable 
lenses. 

contrast sensitivity - the ability to visually distinguish an object from its background. 

crystalline lens – the natural lens that is present in the eye at birth, which is a clear structure, located behind the iris that changes 

shape to focus light onto the retina. 

excimer laser – a specialized ultraviolet laser used in ophthalmology to cut or shape eye tissue. The excimer laser is used during 

LASIK and PRK surgery. 

foldable  IOL –  an  intraocular  lens  made of flexible  material, which  can  be  inserted with  an  injector system  through  a  small 

incision in minimally invasive cataract surgery. 

haptic – the part of an IOL that contacts the structures of the eye and holds the IOL in place. IOLs in which the haptic is also a part 
of the optic material is called a single-piece IOL, while IOLs in which the haptics are attached to the optic is called a three-piece IOL. 

hyperopia – the refractive disorder commonly known as farsightedness, which occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images behind 
the plane of the retina. A person with hyperopia cannot see close objects without glasses or contact lenses. Because presbyopia often 
results in the need for reading glasses, it is sometimes confused with farsightedness. 

intraocular – within the eye. 

injector or injector system – a device in the form of a syringe that is used to deliver a foldable IOL into the eye through a slender 

nozzle in minimally invasive cataract surgery. 

iridotomy – a small hole created in the iris, usually made with a YAG laser. Prior to implantation of some ICL models a YAG   
peripheral    iridotomy  is  made  in  an  obtrusive  area  at  the  periphery  of  the  iris  to  ensure  continued  fluid  flow  in  the  eye  after 
implantation. The ICL V4c model has a central port for fluid flow, which eliminates the need for an iridotomy or iridectomy. 

LASIK  –  an  acronym  for  laser-assisted  in-situ  keratomileusis,  a  surgical  operation  that  reshapes  the  cornea  to  correct 
nearsightedness, farsightedness, or astigmatism. LASIK involves first the cutting of a hinged flap to separate the surface layer of the 
cornea, using a microkeratome (a special blade) or a laser. An excimer laser is then used to burn tissue away and reshape the inner 
cornea, after which the flap is returned to position. 

myopia – the refractive disorder also known as nearsightedness, which occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images in front of the 

retina rather than on the retinal surface. A person with myopia cannot clearly see distant objects without glasses or contact lenses. 

ophthalmologist – a surgeon who specializes in the diseases and disorders of the eye and the visual pathway related to it. 

ophthalmic – of or related to the eye. 

optic – the central part of an IOL, the part that functions as a lens and focuses images on the retina. 

14  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Preloaded Injector - a silicone or acrylic IOL packaged and shipped in a pre-sterilized, disposable injector. This differs from the 
conventional method of packaging IOLs, which requires the surgeon or an assistant to manually load each lens into an injector before 
surgery. 

presbyopia – an age-related condition in which the crystalline lens loses its ability to focus on both near and far objects. People 
who have had normal  vision will  typically  begin  to  need glasses for reading or other close  tasks  at some  point  after  age  40 due to 
presbyopia. 

QSR - The FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) includes requirements related to 
the  methods  used  in,  and  the  facilities  and controls used  for, designing, manufacturing,  packaging,  labeling,  storing,  installing,  and 
servicing  of  medical  devices intended  for  human  use.  The  regulation  sets  forth  the  framework for  medical  device manufacturers to 
follow in achieving quality requirements. 

refractive market – as used in this report “refractive market” means the overall market volume for refractive surgical procedures 
of all kinds, including LASIK, PRK, the Visian ICL product family and other phakic IOLs. As used in this report, the term does not does 
not include sales of non-surgical products like eyeglasses and contact lenses. 

silicone – a type of plastic often used in implantable devices that is inert, generally flexible and water-repelling. 

single-piece IOL – in a single piece IOL the haptics and the optic are fashioned from a single piece of lens material. 

three-piece  IOL – a three-piece IOL has a central, disk-shaped optic and two spring-like haptics attached at either side. The 

haptics are positioned against structures of the eye to hold the IOL in place. 

toric – refers to the shape of a lens designed to correct astigmatism, which has greater refractive power in some sections of the 

lens than others. 

YAG – an acronym for yttrium-aluminum-garnet, a mineral crystal. Lasers using neodymium-doped yttrium aluminium garnet 
crystals (Nd:YAG) generate a high-energy beam that can be used in a number of ophthalmic procedures, including creating iridotomies 
before implantation of some models of the ICL. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Our short and long-term success is subject to many factors that are beyond our control. Investors and prospective investors should 
consider carefully the following risk factors, in addition to other information contained in this report. This Annual Report on Form 10-K 
contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties. We have identified below the known, 
significant risk factors that could affect our business and affect the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements. 

Risks Related to Our Business 

We compete with much larger companies. 

Our  competitors,  including  Novartis  (formerly  Alcon),  Abbott  (formerly  Advanced  Medical  Optics,  or  AMO)  and  Valeant 
(formerly Bausch & Lomb) have much greater financial resources than we do and some of them have large international markets for a 
full suite of ophthalmic products. Their greater resources for research, development and marketing, and their greater capacity to offer 
comprehensive products and equipment to providers, make it difficult for us to compete. In the past, we have lost significant market 
share in IOL sales to some of our competitors. 

FDA compliance issues have delayed approvals and we expect to devote significant resources to maintaining compliance in 

the future. 

The  FDA’s  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health  regularly  inspects  our  facilities  to  determine  whether  we  are  in 
compliance with the FDA Quality System Regulation, which governs such things as manufacturing practices, validation, testing, quality 
control, product labeling and complaint handling, and in compliance with FDA Medical Device Reporting regulations and other FDA 
regulations. The FDA also regularly inspects for compliance with regulations governing advertising and promotional activities as well as 
clinical investigations. 

While  we  believe  that  we  are  substantially  in  compliance  with  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulations,  past  quality  system 

deficiencies observed at certain of our facilities have led to FDA Warning Letters and delays in product approvals until we resolved 

15  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
agency concerns. For example, in 2007, we received a Warning Letter identifying deficiencies in clinical study procedures, practices and 
documentation  related  to  the  Toric  ICL,  or  TICL.  As  a  result,  the  FDA  placed  an  integrity  hold  on  the  TICL  PMA  supplement 
application in August 2007, which was lifted in July 2009. However, the PMA supplement remains pending, with an FDA advisory 
panel scheduled on March 14, 2014, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will ultimately obtain approval. 

Our ability to continue our U.S. business depends on the continuous improvement of our quality systems and constant vigilance in 
our compliance with FDA regulations. Accordingly, our management expects to continue to devote significant resources and attention to 
those efforts for the foreseeable future. We cannot ensure that our efforts will be successful. Any failure to demonstrate substantial 
compliance with FDA regulations can result in enforcement actions that terminate, suspend or severely restrict our ability to continue 
manufacturing and selling medical devices. Please see the related risks discussed under the headings “—We are subject to extensive 
government regulation, which increases our costs and could prevent us from selling our products” and “ — We    are subject to federal 
and state regulatory investigations .” 

FDA approval of the Visian Toric ICL, which could have a significant U.S. market, has been considerably delayed. 

An important part of our ICL product portfolio is the TICL, a variant of the ICL that corrects both astigmatism and myopia in a 
single lens and that has been marketed outside the U.S. since 2001. We believe the TICL has a significant potential market in the U.S. 
and could accelerate growth of the overall refractive product line. We submitted a supplemental PMA for the TICL in April 2006, which 
remains subject to FDA review and a number of pending questions under discussion with the agency. Without the Toric ICL, the ICL 
product line is not likely to reach its full market potential in the U.S. The FDA has organized an advisory panel meeting to review the 
PMA supplement, which is scheduled for March 14, 2014. We cannot predict the results of the advisory panel or when, or if, the FDA 
may grant approval of the Toric ICL. 

The global nature of our business may result in fluctuations and declines in our sales and profits. 

The results of operations and the financial position of our Japanese subsidiary are reported in Japanese yen and then translated 
into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to translation risk. 
Year over year fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Japanese yen and the U.S. dollar had a $3.8 million impact on Japanese yen 
translated sales for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2014. In addition, we are exposed to transaction risk because some of our sales and 
expenses are incurred in a currency different from the U.S. dollar. Our most significant currency exposures are to the Japanese yen, the 
euro,  and  the  Swiss Franc,  and  the  exchange  rates  between  these  currencies  and  the  U.S.  dollar  may  fluctuate  substantially. 
As manufacturing has shifted from Japan to the U.S. there will be increased foreign currency exposure to the Japanese yen. We have not 
attempted to offset our exposure to these risks by investing in derivatives or engaging in other hedging transactions. 

Economic, social and political conditions, laws, practices and local customs vary widely among the countries in which we sell our 
products. Our operations outside of the U.S. face a number of risks and potential costs, enjoy less stringent protection of intellectual 
property and face economic, political and social uncertainty in some countries, especially in emerging markets. Our continued success as 
a global company depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and 
managing these and other risks in the countries where we do business. These and other risks may have a material adverse effect on our 
operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole. For example, sales in certain Asian and developing markets may 
result in lower margins and higher exposure to intellectual property infringement or counterfeits. We price some of our products in U.S. 
dollars, and as a result changes in exchange rates can make our products more expensive in some offshore markets and reduce our sales. 
Inflation in emerging markets also makes our products more expensive there and increases the credit risks to which we are exposed. 

We depend on key employees. 

We depend on the continued service of our senior management and other key employees. The loss of a key employee could hurt 
our business. We could be particularly detrimental if any key employee or employees went to work for competitors. Our future success 
depends on our ability to identify, attract, train, motivate and retain other highly skilled personnel. Failure to do so may adversely affect 
our results. We do not maintain insurance policies to cover the cost of replacing the services of any of our key employees who may 
unexpectedly die or become disabled. 

We have a history of losses that could continue in the future. 

During  2011,  we  achieved  net  income  from  continuing  operations  after  reporting  losses  for  more  than  ten  years. For  2012, 
we reported a loss from continuing operations on a GAAP basis. For 2013, we reported income from continuing operations. Our future 
profitability is challenged by the competitive nature of our industry and the other risks to our business detailed herein. We have an 
accumulated deficit of $132.1 million as of January 3, 2014. 

16 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
We rely and depend on independent distributors in international markets. 

Except for the U.S., Canada, Japan, and Spain, we sell our products through independent distributors who generally control the 
importation and marketing of our product within their territories. We generally grant exclusive rights to these distributors and rely on 
them  to  understand  local  market  conditions,  to  diligently  sell  our  products  and  to  comply  with  local  laws  and  regulations.  Our 
agreements  with  distributors  and  local  laws  can  make  it  difficult  for  us  to  quickly  change  from  a  distributor  who  we  feel  is 
underperforming. If we do terminate an independent distributor, we may lose customers who have been dealing with that distributor. 
Because we do not have local staff in most of the areas covered by independent distributors, it may be difficult for us to detect failures in 
our distributors’ performance or compliance. Actions by independent distributors that are beyond our control could result in flat or 
declining sales in that territory, harm to the reputation of our company or its products, or legal liability. For example, in 2012, sales to our 
independent distributor in Korea, our largest market, declined by 18% compared to 2011, but in 2013 increased by 15% over 2012. 

The success of our international operations depends on our successfully managing our foreign subsidiaries. 

We  conduct  most  of  our  international  business  through  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  Managing  distant  subsidiaries  and  fully 
integrating them into our business is challenging. While we seek to integrate our foreign subsidiaries fully into our operations, direct 
supervision of every aspect of the subsidiaries’ operations is impossible, and as a result we rely on the local managers and staff of these 
subsidiaries. Cultural factors, language differences and the local legal climate can result in misunderstandings among internationally 
dispersed  personnel,  and  increase  the  risk  of  failing  to  meet  U.S.  and  foreign  legal  requirements,  including  with  respect  to  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). The risk that unauthorized conduct may go undetected 
will always be greater in foreign subsidiaries. 

Non-compliance with anti-corruption laws could lead to penalties or harm our reputation. 

We are subject to anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the FCPA. Any failure to comply with 
these  laws,  even  if  inadvertent,  could  result  in  significant  penalties or  otherwise harm  our reputation  and  business. Our reliance  on 
foreign subsidiaries and independent distributors demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in 
corrupt activity. In many of our markets outside the U.S., doctors and hospital administrators may be deemed government officials. 
Other U.S. companies in the medical device and pharmaceutical field have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their 
agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with such individuals. 

Unfavorable economic conditions hurt sales of our refractive products. 

Refractive  surgery  is  an  elective  procedure  generally  not  covered  by  health  insurance.  Patients  must  pay  for  the  procedure, 
frequently through installment financing arrangements. They can defer the choice to have refractive surgery if they lack the disposable 
income to pay for it or do not feel their income is secure. Laser refractive surgery experienced a significant decrease in demand globally 
with the recession that began in mid-2008, and has not fully recovered. While ICL sales have continued to grow globally, we believe that 
negative economic conditions have slowed growth, especially in the U.S. Economic stagnation, lack of consumer confidence or new 
recessions in any of our key markets, including but not limited to Korea, China, Japan, or Spain, could further slow ICL sales growth or, 
if severe, cause declines in sales. Because the ICL is our fastest growing and highest gross margin product, restricted growth or a decline 
in its sales could materially harm our business. 

Negative publicity concerning complications of laser eye surgery could reduce the demand for our refractive products as well. 
 Negative publicity about laser eye surgery has appeared in several refractive surgery markets. In February 2012, it was widely 
reported throughout the Asia Pacific region that Dr. Ray Tsai, a prominent ophthalmologist in Taiwan questioned the safety of LASIK 
surgery, and would no longer perform the procedure. The resulting publicity broadened public awareness of the potential complications 
of refractive surgery and potential patient dissatisfaction, in particular as a result of LASIK and other corneal laser-based procedures. We 
believe this negative publicity decreased patient interest in the Asia Pacific region in LASIK as well as all other refractive procedures. 
Depending on the nature and severity of future negative publicity about refractive surgery, the growth of ICL sales could be limited or 
sales could decline as a result. Because nearly all candidates for refractive surgery can achieve acceptable vision through the use of 
spectacles or contact lenses, for most patients the decision to have refractive surgery is a lifestyle choice that depends on high confidence 
in achieving a satisfactory outcome. On April 25, 2008, the FDA Ophthalmic Devices Panel held a public meeting to discuss reports of 
medical  complications  and  customer  satisfaction  following  refractive  surgery.  In  October  2009  the  FDA,  in  collaboration  with  the 
National Eye Institute and the U.S. Department of Defense, began a major study on the quality of life for patients after LASIK surgery, 
which is ongoing. The results of this study could amplify concerns about complications of laser refractive surgery. While these concerns 
could encourage patients and doctors to select the ICL as an alternative, they could also decrease patient interest in all refractive surgery, 
including ICL. 

17  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
We may not realize the expected benefits of our manufacturing consolidation project and tax strategies. 

Since 2011 we have invested significant resources in a manufacturing consolidation project and a tax strategy initiative, and we 
have invested nearly $6 million dollars to complete the projects. The goal of these projects is to increase profit margins by improving 
manufacturing efficiency, simplifying administrative and regulatory functions, and reducing tax liabilities. We cannot assure that we 
will achieve the expected benefits of these initiatives. Among other things, costs could exceed current estimates, product manufacturing 
transfers could be affected by delays or cause supply interruptions, changes in tax laws could reduce or eliminate expected benefits of 
some of our tax strategies, tax authorities may challenge our tax strategy, or future profit margins could be affected by a variety of factors 
unrelated  to  our  level  of  manufacturing  efficiency.  In  June  2013,  we  completed  transferring  IOL  manufacturing  from  Japan  to  our 
Monrovia, California facility. We expect to complete transferring ICL manufacturing from Switzerland to our Monrovia, California 
facility by the end of the second quarter of 2014. Completion of the consolidation plans in 2014 of our Swiss facility may be delayed, 
though not currently expected, and this could result in disruption to our business and delays in our use of tax loss carry forwards, which 
would adversely affect our results. 

Our manufacturing consolidation plan exposes us to risk. 

Transferring the manufacturing of medical devices is more expensive, time-consuming and riskier than similar transfers in less 
regulated industries. In our major markets, regulatory approval to sell our products is generally limited to the current manufacturing site, 
and changing the site will require applications to and approval from regulatory bodies prior to commercialization. To satisfy our own 
quality standards as well as regulations, we must follow strict protocols to confirm that products made at a new site are equivalent to 
those made at the currently approved site. Even minor changes in equipment, supplies or processes require validation. While we have 
placed a priority on maintaining the continuity and quality of our product supply, including increasing our inventory as safety stock 
during the consolidation, unanticipated delays or difficulties in the transfer process could interrupt our supply of products. Any sustained 
interruption in supply could cause us to lose market share and harm our business. In addition, after we complete our consolidation plan, 
we will no longer have an alternative source of supply for the products we manufacture (for example, Collamer and silicone IOLs, 
Collamer ICLs and delivery systems) in the event of an earthquake or other event that disrupts our manufacturing activities in California. 
We have described our manufacturing consolidation initiative and provided an update to our progress in the “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—Overview—Other  Highlights—Manufacturing 
Consolidation Project and Tax Strategy” section of this Report. 

Disruptions in our supply chain or failure to adequately forecast product demand could result in significant delays or lost 

sales. 

 The loss of a material supplier could significantly disrupt our business. In some cases, we obtain components used in certain of 
our products from single sources. We and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s QSR, 
which  covers  the  methods  and  documentation  of  the  design,  testing  production,  control,  quality  assurance,  labeling,  packaging, 
sterilization, storage, and shipping of our products. If we experience difficulties acquiring sufficient quantities of required materials or 
products from our existing suppliers, or if our suppliers are found to be non-compliant with the FDA's QSR or other applicable laws, 
obtaining the required regulatory approvals to use alternative suppliers may be a lengthy and uncertain process during which we could 
lose sales. 

Our sources of supply for raw materials may be threatened by shortages and other market forces, by natural disasters, by the 
supplier’s failure to maintain adequate quality or a recall initiated by the supplier. Even when substitute suppliers are available, the need 
to certify the substitute supplier’s regulatory compliance and the quality standards of the replacement material could significantly delay 
production and materially reduce our sales. We mitigate this risk by maintaining adequate inventory of raw materials when practical and 
identifying secondary suppliers, but we cannot entirely eliminate the risk. For example, the failure of one of our suppliers could be the 
result of an unforeseen industry-wide problem, or the failure of our supplier could create an industry-wide shortage affecting secondary 
suppliers as well. 

In particular, we obtain the proprietary collagen-based raw material used to manufacture our IOLs, ICLs and the AquaFlow 
Device internally from a sole source, one of our facilities in California. If the supply of these collagen-based raw materials is disrupted 
we know of no alternative supplier, and therefore, any such disruption could result in our inability to manufacture the products and 
would have a material adverse effect on STAAR. The loss of our external supply source for silicone could also cause us material harm. 

Further, any failure by us to forecast demand for, or to maintain an adequate supply of the raw material and finished product 
could result in an interruption in the supply of certain products and a decline in the sale of that product. The manufacturing process to 
create the raw  material necessary to produce some of our products is technically complex and requires significant lead-time. If our 
suppliers are unable to meet our manufacturing requirements, we may not be able to produce a sufficient amount of materials or products 
in a timely manner, which could cause a decline in our sales. For example, our supply of acrylic lenses from a third party   

18  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
supplier is limited by their manufacturing capacity constraints, which will continue to result in backlog in demand. Delays in filling 
orders (for example, if this supplier remains unable to meet our demand for acrylic lenses and we are unable to secure an alternative 
supply) can result in lost sales if alternative lenses are available to the patient. If we are unable to ramp up production to meet increased 
demand we may not achieve our growth targets. 

We could experience losses due to product liability claims. 

We have been subject to product liability claims in the past and may experience such claims in the future. Product liability claims 
against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies or cause us to record a loss in excess of our deductible. A product 
liability claim that exceeds our insurance coverage could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Even if a product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, we must generally pay for losses until they reach the level of the 
policy’s stated deductible or retention amount after which the insurer begins paying. The payment of retentions or deductibles for a 
significant amount of claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Any product liability claim would divert managerial and financial resources and could harm our reputation with customers. We 
cannot assure you that we will not have product liability claims in the future or that such claims would not have a material adverse effect 
on our business. 

We may have limited ability to fully use our recorded tax loss carryforwards. 

We have accumulated approximately $121.7 million of U.S. federal tax net operating loss carryforwards as of January 3, 2014, 
which  can  be  used  to  offset  taxable  income  in  future  quarters  if  our  U.S.  operations  become  profitable.  If  unused,  these  tax  loss 
carryforwards will begin to expire between 2017 and 2032. Currently, when we generate profits on a consolidated basis, those profits are 
generated outside the U.S. and are subject to income taxes that we cannot offset with U.S. loss carryforwards. As part of our global 
consolidation  strategy  we  expect  to  increase  our  profits  enabling  us  to  begin  utilizing  our  tax  loss  carryforwards  in  the  U.S.,  but 
unexpected changes in tax laws or delays and complications in our consolidation efforts could prevent us from realizing the benefits of 
this tax strategy. Moreover, under the current tax laws, if we were to experience a significant change in ownership, Internal Revenue 
Code Section 382 may restrict the future utilization of these tax loss carryforwards even if our U.S. operations generate significant 
profits. 

We are subject to international tax laws that could affect our financial results. 

We conduct international operations through our subsidiaries. Tax laws affecting international operations are highly complex and 
subject to change. Our payment of income tax in the different countries where we operate depends in part on internal settlement prices 
and administrative charges among STAAR and our subsidiaries. These arrangements require judgments by us and are subject to risk that 
tax authorities will disagree with those judgments and impose additional taxes, penalties or interest on us. In addition, transactions that 
we have arranged in light of current tax rules could have unforeseeable negative consequences if tax rules change. 

We have only limited working capital and limited access to financing. 

We began generating cash from operations in 2009 after six consecutive years when our cash requirements exceeded the level of 
cash generated by operations. We may not be able to sustain positive cash flow, and unexpected cash needs could exceed the amount of 
cash we generate. While we believe our capital resources and funds generated by operations are sufficient to operate our business and 
satisfy  our  obligations,  if  unexpected  events  increase  our  expenses  or  harm  the  performance  of  our  business  we  may  need  to  seek 
additional financing. We may also be presented with opportunities to expand our business that require additional financing. Should we 
need additional working capital, our ability to raise financing through sales of equity securities depends on general market conditions 
and the demand for our common stock. We may be unable to raise adequate capital through sales of equity securities, and if our stock has 
a low market price at the time of such sales our existing stockholders could experience substantial dilution. Because of our history of 
losses, we may also have difficulty obtaining debt financing on acceptable terms or renewing existing debt facilities. An inability to 
secure additional financing if it is needed in the future could require us to forego opportunities for expansion, reduce existing operations, 
or even jeopardize our ability to continue operations. 

The terms of our debt facilities impose restrictions on our business. 

Our  current  or  future  indebtedness  may  limit  our  flexibility  in  planning  for,  or  reacting  to,  changes  in  our  business  and  the 
industry in which we operate and, consequently, may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors. The operating and 
financial restrictions and covenants in our debt facilities may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or 
to engage in new business activities. 

19 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Because most of our products have single manufacturing site approvals, if we suffer loss to our facilities due to catastrophe, 

or if any of our manufacturing sites fail to be in compliance with these approvals, our operations could be seriously harmed. 

We  depend  on  the  continuing  operation  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  in  California  and  Switzerland,  which  have  little 
redundancy or overlap among their activities as most of our products are approved for manufacturing only at one of these sites. Our 
facilities could suffer catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, earthquake, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters and we would 
need to obtain additional regulatory approvals in order to manufacture our product at any second manufacturing site. Our California and 
Japanese  facilities  are  in  areas  where  earthquakes  could  cause  catastrophic  loss.  If  any  of  these  facilities  were  to  experience  a 
catastrophic loss, or if one of our manufacturing facilities is found not to be in compliance with regulatory requirements, it could disrupt 
our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility, as well as lost 
customers or sales. We plan to complete the consolidation of our Swiss manufacturing in to our Monrovia, California facility in 2014, 
which will increase our exposure to a disaster that occurs in that area. Our insurance for property damage and business interruption may 
not be sufficient to cover any particular loss. We do not carry insurance or reserve funds for interruptions or potential losses arising from 
earthquakes or terrorism. 

Our  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  currently  underfunded  and  we  may  be  subject  to  significant  increases  in  pension 

benefit obligations under those pension plans. 

We sponsor two defined benefit pension plans through our wholly owned Swiss and Japanese subsidiaries, which we refer to as 
the Swiss Plan and the Japan Plan, respectively. Both plans are underfunded and may require significant cash payments. During 2013, 
we  contributed  $239,000  to  our  Swiss  Plan,  and  although  we  did  not  contribute  to  our  Japan  Plan,  we  made  benefit  payments  of 
$123,000. 

Beginning  October  1,  2009,  as  part  of  the  Amendment  of  the  Japan  Plan  discussed  in  Note  10  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this report, STAAR Japan has maintained and administered the Japan Plan, including paying the pension benefits 
as they are due solely from its operating cashflows. STAAR Japan is not required to make any contributions to the Japan Plan in order to 
meet future pension benefit obligations, and does not expect to do so. As a result, STAAR Japan has no plan assets now and does not 
expect to have any in the future. 

We determine our pension benefit obligations and funding status using many assumptions, such as inflation, investment rates, 
mortality,  turnover  and  interest  rates,  as  applicable,  any  of  which  could  prove  to  be  different  than  projected.  If  the  investment 
performance does not meet our expectations, or if other actuarial assumptions  are modified, or not realized, we may be required to 
contribute more than we currently expect and increase our future pension benefit obligations to be funded from our operations. 

Our pension plans in the aggregate are underfunded by approximately $2.6 million ($1.0 million for the Japan Plan and $1.6 

million for the Swiss Plan) as of January 3, 2014. 

If our cash flow from operations is insufficient to fund our worldwide pension obligations, we may be materially and adversely 

harmed and have to seek additional capital. 

Our activities involve hazardous materials and emissions and may subject us to environmental liability. 

Our manufacturing, research and development activities involve the use of hazardous materials. Federal, state and local laws and 
regulations govern the use, manufacturing, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and certain waste products in the places 
where  we  have  operations.  We  cannot  completely  eliminate  the  risk  of  accidental  contamination  or  injury  from  these  materials. 
Remedial environmental actions could require us to incur substantial unexpected costs, which would materially and adversely affect our 
results of operations. If we were involved in an environmental accident or found to be in substantial non-compliance with applicable 
environmental laws, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines. 

If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, 

our operations could be disrupted. 

We depend on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic 
information. In particular, our information technology infrastructure handles electronic communications among our locations around the 
world  and  between  our  personnel  and  our  subsidiaries,  customers,  and  suppliers.  Security  breaches  of  this  infrastructure  can  create 
system  disruptions,  shutdowns  or  unauthorized  disclosure  of  confidential  information.  If  we  are  unable  to  prevent  such  security 
breaches, our operations could be disrupted or we may suffer financial damage or loss because of lost or misappropriated information. 
Also, certain of our information technology systems are not redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for every 
eventuality.  Despite  any  precautions  we  may  take,  such  problems  could  result  in,  among  other  consequences,  interruptions  in  our 
services, which could harm our reputation and financial results. 

20  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Changes in accounting standards could affect our financial results. 

The  accounting  rules  applicable  to  public  companies  like  us  are  subject  to  frequent  revision.  Future  changes  in  accounting 
standards could require us to change the way we calculate income, expense or balance sheet data, which could significantly change our 
reported results of operations or financial condition. 

Our publicly filed SEC reports may be reviewed by the SEC. 

The  reports  of  publicly  traded  companies  are  subject  to  review  by  the  SEC  from  time  to  time  for  the  purpose  of  assisting 
companies in complying with applicable disclosure requirements and to enhance the overall effectiveness of companies' public filings, 
and comprehensive reviews of such reports are now required at least every three years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The SEC 
reviews may be initiated at any time. While we believe that our previously filed SEC reports comply, and we intend that all future reports 
will comply in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC, we could be required to modify or reformulate 
information contained in prior filings as a result of an SEC review. Any modification or reformulation of information contained in such 
reports could be significant and could result in material liability to us and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of our 
common stock. 

Acquisitions of technologies, products, and businesses could disrupt our business, involve increased expenses and present 

risks not contemplated at the time of the transactions. 

We  may  consider  and,  as  appropriate,  make  acquisitions  of  technologies,  products  and  businesses  that  we  believe  are 
complementary to our business. Acquisitions typically entail many risks and could result in difficulties in integrating the operations, 
personnel,  technologies  and  products  acquired,  some  of  which  may  result  in  significant  charges  to  earnings.  Issues  that  must  be 
addressed in acquiring and integrating the acquired technologies, products and businesses into our own include: 

•               conforming  standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies,  operating  divisions,  business  cultures  and  compensation 

structures;  

•               retaining key employees;  

•               retaining existing customers and attracting new customers;  

•               consolidating operational infrastructure, including information technology, accounting systems and administration; 

•               mitigating the risk of unknown liabilities; and 

•               managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating operations. 

If we are unable to successfully integrate our acquisitions with our existing business, we may not obtain the advantages that the 
acquisitions were intended to create, which may materially adversely affect our business, and our ability to develop and introduce new 
products. Actual costs and sales synergies, if achieved at all, may be lower than we expect and may take longer to achieve than we 
anticipate.  Furthermore,  the  products  of  companies  we  acquire  may  overlap  with  our  products  or  those  of  our  customers,  creating 
conflicts with existing relationships or with other commitments that are detrimental to the integrated businesses. 

The increased use of social media platforms and mobile technologies presents new risks and challenges. 

New technologies are increasingly used to communicate about our products and the health conditions they are intended to treat. 
The use of these media requires specific attention and monitoring. For example, patients may use these channels to comment on the 
effectiveness of a product and to report an alleged adverse event. Negative posts or comments about us or our business on any social 
networking web site could harm our reputation. In addition, our employees may use the social media tools and mobile technologies 
inappropriately, which may give rise to liability, or which could lead to the exposure of sensitive information. In either case, such uses of 
social media and mobile technologies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks Related to the Ophthalmic Products Industry 

If we recall a product, the cost and damage to our reputation could harm our business. 

Medical  devices  must  be  manufactured  to  the  highest  standards  and  tolerances,  and  often  incorporate  newly  developed 

technology. From time to time defects or technical flaws in medical devices may not come to light until after the products are 

21  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
sold  or  consigned.  In  those  circumstances,  like  others  in  our  industry,  we  may,  on  our  own  initiative,  initiate  actions,  including  a 
non-reportable market withdrawal or a reportable product recall, for the purpose of correcting a material deficiency, improving device 
performance, or other reasons. In addition, the FDA and similar foreign health or governmental agencies have the authority to require an 
involuntary recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design, manufacturing or labeling or in 
the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an 
FDA  finding  that  there  is  a  reasonable  probability  that  a  device  intended  for  human  use  would  cause  serious,  adverse  health 
consequences or death. 

We have voluntarily recalled our products and similar recalls could take place again. We may also be subject to recalls initiated by 
manufacturers of products we distribute. We believe that in recent years we have been less affected by recalls than most of our U.S. 
competitors,  but  cannot  eliminate  the  risk  of  a  material  recall  in  the  future.  Recalls  can  result  in  lost  sales  of  the  recalled  products 
themselves, and can result in further lost sales while replacement products are manufactured, especially if the replacements must be 
redesigned. If recalled products have already been implanted, we may bear some or all of the cost of corrective surgery. Recalls may also 
damage our professional reputation and the reputation of our products. The inconvenience caused by recalls and related interruptions in 
supply, and the damage to our reputation, could cause professionals to discontinue using our products. 

Companies are required to maintain certain records of actions, even if they determine such actions are not reportable to the FDA. 
If we determine that certain actions do not require notification of the FDA, the FDA may disagree with our determinations and require us 
to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. 
In addition, the FDA could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted or failing to timely report 
or  initiate  a  reportable  product  action.  Moreover,  depending  on  the  corrective  action  we  take  to  redress  a  product’s  deficiencies  or 
defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may 
market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a 
timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory 
enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. 

If  our  products,  or  malfunction  of  our  products,  cause  or  contribute  to  a  death  or  a  serious  injury,  we  will  be  subject  to 

medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions. 

Under  the  FDA  regulations,  we  are  required  to  report  to  the  FDA  any  incident  in  which  our  product  may  have  caused  or 
contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause 
or contribute to death or serious injury. In addition, all manufacturers placing medical devices in European Union markets are legally 
bound to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the relevant authority in whose 
jurisdiction the incident occurred. We anticipate that in the future we will experience events that would require reporting to the FDA 
pursuant to the MDR regulations. Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as 
product actions or customer notifications, or agency actions, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any 
corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time 
and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results. 

The decision to file an MDR involves a judgment by us as the manufacturer. We have made decisions that certain types of events 
are not reportable under the MDR regulations; however, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree with our decisions. If we fail 
to report MDRs to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, or if the FDA disagrees with any of our determinations regarding 
the report ability of certain events, the FDA could take enforcement actions against us, which could have an adverse impact on our 
reputation and financial results. 

If we fail to keep pace with advances in our industry or fail to persuade physicians to adopt the new products we introduce, 

customers may not buy our products and our sales may decline. 

Constant  development  of new  technologies  and  techniques,  frequent  new  product  introductions  and strong price  competition 
characterize the ophthalmic industry. The first company to introduce a new product or technique to market usually gains a significant 
competitive advantage. Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to develop products to treat diseases and disorders of the eye 
that are more effective, safer, or incorporate emerging technologies better than our competitors’ products. Sales of our existing products 
may decline rapidly if one of our competitors introduces a superior product, or if we announce a new product of our own. If we fail to 
make sufficient investments in research and development or if we focus on technologies that do not lead to better products, our current 
and planned products could be surpassed by more effective or advanced products. In addition, we must manufacture these products 
economically and market them successfully by demonstrating to a sufficient number of eye-care professionals the overall benefits of 
using them. 

22 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Resources devoted to research and development may not yield new products that achieve commercial success. 

We spent about 9.3% of our sales on research and development during the fiscal year ended January 3, 2014, and we expect to 
spend similar amounts for this purpose in future periods. Development of new implantable technology, from discovery through testing 
and registration to initial product launch, is expensive and typically takes from three to seven years. Because of the complexities and 
uncertainties of ophthalmic research and development, products we are currently developing may not complete the development process 
or obtain the regulatory approvals required for us to market the products successfully. Any of the products currently under development 
may fail to become commercially successful. 

Changes in coverage and reimbursement for our products by third-party payers and the new Medical Device Tax could reduce 

sales of our products or make them less profitable. 

Certain of our products, such as our IOLs, are used in procedures that are typically covered by health insurance, HMO plans, 
Medicare, Medicaid, or other governmental sponsored programs both in and outside the U.S. Third-party payers in both government and 
the  private  sector  continue  to  seek  to  manage  costs  by  restricting  the  types  of  procedures  they  cover  to  those  viewed  as  most 
cost-effective and by capping or reducing reimbursement rates. Whether they limit reimbursement rates for our products or limit the 
surgical fees for a procedure that uses our products, these policies can reduce the sales volume of our covered products, their selling 
prices or both. Future cost cutting initiatives could result in unexpected reductions in the reimbursement rates for IOLs and related 
products. 

In  some  countries  government  insurers  have  sought  to  control  costs  by  limiting  the  total  number  of  procedures  they  will 
reimburse. In the U.S. the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, 
or  collectively,  the  Health  Care  Reform  Law,  is  expected  to  significantly  change  the  system  of  public  and  private  health  care 
reimbursement. The Health Care Reform Law includes, among other things, a 2.3% excise tax on medical devices sold in the U.S., which 
applies to sales of our IOLs. In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Health Care Reform Law 
was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, creates the Joint 
Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. The Joint Select Committee did not 
achieve  a  targeted  deficit  reduction  of  at  least  $1.2  trillion  for  the  years  2013  through  2021,  triggering  the  legislation’s  automatic 
reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal 
year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, 
which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer 
treatment centers. 

Future legislation will likely consider further changes that may impact availability and/or pricing for cataract surgery where our 
IOLs are used. We are not able to predict whether new legislation or changes in regulations will take effect at the state or federal level, 
but if enacted these changes could significantly and adversely affect our business. 

We are subject to extensive government regulation worldwide, which increases our costs and could prevent us from selling our 

products. 

We are regulated by regional, national, state and local agencies. In the U.S. our regulators include the FDA, the Department of 
Justice, the Federal Trade Commission, the Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the 
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and other regulatory bodies, as well as governmental authorities in those foreign countries in 
which we manufacture or distribute products. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic  Act, the Public Health Service Act and other 
federal and state statutes and regulations govern the research, development, manufacturing and commercial activities relating to medical 
devices, including their pre-clinical and clinical testing, approval, production, labeling, sale, distribution, import, export, post-market 
surveillance, advertising, dissemination of information and promotion. 

We are subject to similar regulatory regimes in other key regions of Europe and Asia, in particular Japan. Regulations worldwide 
are  becoming  more  stringent.  We  have  described  in  detail  the  regulations  governing  approval  of  medical  devices  and  their 
manufacturing  in  the  “Item  1.  Business–Regulatory  Matters”  section  of  this  Annual  Report.  We  are  also  subject  to  government 
regulation over the prices we charge and any rebates we may offer to customers. Complying with government regulation substantially 
increases the cost of developing, manufacturing and selling our products. 

23  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Competing in the ophthalmic products industry requires us to introduce new or improved products and processes continuously, 
and to submit these to the FDA and other regulatory bodies for clearance or approval. Obtaining clearance or approval can be a long and 
expensive process, and clearance or approval is never certain. For example, the FDA or another country’s regulatory agency, could 
require us to conduct an additional clinical trial prior to granting clearance or approval of a product and such clinical trial could take a 
long time and have substantial expense. In addition, our operations are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and international 
regulators. An unfavorable outcome in an FDA inspection may result in the FDA ordering changes in our business practices or taking 
other enforcement action, which could be costly and severely harm our business. 

Our new products could take a significantly longer time than we expect to gain regulatory clearance or approval and may never 

gain clearance or approval. The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including: 

 • we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended uses;

 •  the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; 

and 

 •  the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements. 

If a regulatory authority delays approval of a potentially significant product, the potential sales of the product and its value to us 
can be substantially reduced. Even if the FDA or another regulatory agency clears or approves a product, the clearance or approval may 
limit the indicated uses of the product, or may otherwise limit our ability to promote, sell and distribute the product, or may require 
post-marketing studies. If we cannot obtain timely regulatory clearance or approval of our new products, or if the clearance or approval 
is too narrow, we will not be able to market these products, which would eliminate or reduce our potential sales and earnings. 

In  addition,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  may  change  their  clearance  and  approval  policies,  adopt  additional 
regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under 
development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared products on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and 
healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an 
evaluation of the program, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing 
the clearance of medical devices. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance 
process,  as  well  as  bolster  patient  safety.  In  addition,  as  part  of  FDASIA,  Congress  reauthorized  the  Medical  Device  User  Fee 
Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and 
miscellaneous reforms which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval. 

Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities 
under FDA regulations. The failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in 
enforcement actions such as warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, termination of distribution, recalls or seizures of products, 
delays in the introduction of products into the market, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant future clearances or 
approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products, and criminal 
penalties. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse 
effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals, or may require us to cease marketing 

or recall the modified products until clearances or approvals are obtained. 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a 
major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. The FDA 
requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The 
FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 
510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) 
clearances or pre-market approvals are not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) 
notifications  or  PMAs  for  modifications  to  our  previously  cleared  products  for  which  we  have  concluded  that  new  clearances  or 
approvals  are  unnecessary,  we  may  be  required  to  cease  marketing  or  to  recall  the  modified  product  until  we  obtain  clearance  or 
approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. 

24  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our 
previously  cleared  products,  either  by  imposing  more  strict  requirements  on  when  a  manufacturer  must  submit  a  new  510(k)  for  a 
modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. Specifically, on July 9, 
2012,  FDASIA  was  enacted,  which,  among  other  requirements,  obligates  the  FDA  to  prepare  a  report  for  Congress  on  the  FDA’s 
approach  for  determining  when  a  new  510(k)  will  be  required  for  modifications  or  changes  to  a  previously  cleared  device.  After 
submitting this report, the FDA is expected to issue revised guidance to assist device manufacturers in making this determination. Until 
then, manufacturers may continue to adhere to the FDA’s 1997 Guidance on this topic when making a determination as to whether or not 
a new 510(k) is required for a change or modification to a device, but the practical impact of the FDA’s continuing scrutiny of these 
issues remains unclear. 

Laws  pertaining  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and 

results of operations. 

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, 
physician self-referral laws and false claims laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in 
some  instances,  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  and  state  healthcare  programs,  including  Medicare,  Medicaid,  Veterans 
Administration health programs and TRICARE. Similarly, if the physicians or other providers or entities with which we do business are 
found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could indirectly have a negative impact on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. While we believe that our operations are in material compliance with such laws, 
because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, there can be no assurance that we would not be required to alter one or 
more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws. These laws and regulations act to limit our marketing practices, require the 
dedication of resources to ensure compliance, and expose us to additional liabilities. 

In addition, the recent Health Care Reform Law, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback 
Statute and certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes so that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or 
specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The Health Care Reform Law also provides that the government may 
assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of these statutes constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for 
purposes of the civil False Claims Act or the civil monetary penalties statute. 

There has also been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians. The Health Care 
Reform  Law  imposed  new  reporting  requirements  on  device  manufacturers  for  payments  made  by  them  and  in  some  cases,  their 
distributors, to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate 
family members, commonly known as the Physician Payment Sunshine Act. Failure to submit required information may result in civil 
monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for 
all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual 
submission.  Device  manufacturers  were  required  to  begin  collecting  data  on  August 1,  2013  and  must  submit  reports  to  CMS  by 
March 31, 2014, and by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. 

Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer 
marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting 
commercial  compliance  environment  and  the  need  to  build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  different 
compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or 
more of the requirements. 

Any violations of these laws or regulations could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.  In  addition,  changes  in  these  laws,  regulations,  or administrative  or  judicial  interpretations,  may  require  us  to 
further change our business practices or subject our existing business practices to legal challenges, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Investigations and allegations, whether or not they lead to enforcement action or litigation, can materially harm our business 

and our reputation. 

Failure  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  FDA  or  other  regulators  can  result  in  civil  and  criminal  fines,  the  recall  of 
products, the total or partial suspension of manufacture or distribution, seizure of products, injunctions, whistleblower lawsuits, failure 
to  obtain  approval  of  pending  product  applications,  withdrawal  of  existing  product  approvals,  exclusion  from  participation  in 
government  healthcare  programs  and  other  sanctions.  Any  threatened  or  actual  government  enforcement  action  can  also  generate 
adverse publicity and require us to divert substantial resources from more productive uses in our business. Enforcement actions could 
affect our ability to distribute our products commercially and could materially harm our business. 

25  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 From time to time we are subject to formal and informal inquiries by regulatory agencies, which could lead to investigations or 
enforcement actions. Even when an inquiry results in no evidence of wrongdoing, is inconclusive or is otherwise not pursued, the agency 
generally is not required to notify us of its findings and may not inform us that the inquiry has been terminated. 

As required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we maintain a hotline for employees to report any violation of laws, regulations 
or company policies anonymously, which is intended to permit us to identify and remedy improper conduct. Nevertheless, present or 
former employees may elect to bring complaints to regulators and enforcement agencies. The relevant agency will generally be obligated 
to investigate such complaints to assess their validity and obtain evidence of any violation that may have occurred. In response to reports 
that our  policies  or  applicable  laws  or  regulations  have  been  violated,  we  may  find  it  necessary  to  conduct our  own  internal 
investigations, which may be extensive. Even without a finding of misconduct, negative publicity about investigations or allegations of 
misconduct  could  harm  our  reputation  with  professionals  and  the  market  for  our  common  stock.  Responding  to  investigations  or 
conducting internal investigations can be costly, time-consuming and disruptive to our business. 

Strikes, slow-downs or other job actions by doctors can reduce sales of cataract-related products. 

In  many  countries  where  we  sell  our  products,  doctors,  including  ophthalmologists,  are  employees  of  the  government, 
government-sponsored  enterprises  or  large  health  maintenance  organizations.  In the  past, employed  doctors  who  object  to  salary 
limitations, working rules, reimbursement policies or other conditions have sought redress through strikes, slow-downs and other job 
actions. These  actions often result  in  the  deferral  of  non-essential  procedures, such  as  cataract  surgeries,  which  affects  sales  of our 
products. Depending on the importance of the affected region to our business, the length of the action and its pervasiveness, job actions 
by doctors can materially reduce our sales and earnings. 

We depend on proprietary technologies, but may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights adequately. 

We rely on patents, trademarks, trade secrecy laws, contractual provisions and confidentiality procedures and copyright laws to 
protect the proprietary aspects of our technology. These legal measures afford limited protection and may not prevent our competitors 
from  gaining  access  to  our  intellectual  property  and  proprietary  information.  Any  of  our  patents  may  be  challenged,  invalidated, 
circumvented or rendered unenforceable. Any of our pending patent applications may fail to result in an issued patent or fail to provide 
meaningful protection against competitors or competitive technologies. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property 
rights,  to  protect  our  trade  secrets  and  to  determine  the  validity  and  scope  of  our  proprietary  rights.  Any  litigation  could  result  in 
substantial expense, may reduce our profits and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, we may be 
exposed to future litigation by third parties based on claims  that our products infringe their intellectual property rights. This risk is 
exacerbated by the fact that the validity and breadth of claims covered by patents in our industry may involve complex legal issues that 
are  open  to  dispute.  Any  litigation  or  claims  against  us,  whether  or  not  successful,  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  harm  our 
reputation. Intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following: 

• 

• 

• 

cease selling or using any of our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property, which would adversely affect 
our sales; 

negotiate a license from the holder of the intellectual property right alleged to have been infringed, which license may not be 
available on reasonable terms, if at all; or 

redesign  our  products  to  avoid  infringing  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  a  third  party,  which  may  be  costly  and
time-consuming or impossible to accomplish. 

We may not successfully develop and launch replacements for our products that lose patent protection. 

Most of our products are covered by patents that, if valid, give us a degree of market exclusivity during the term of the patent. We 
have also earned revenue in the past by licensing some of our patented technology to other ophthalmic companies. Generally, the legal 
life of a patent in the U.S. is 20 years from application. When our patents covering our products expire, some of which will expire this 
year, our competitors may introduce products using the same technology. As a result of this possible increase in competition, we may 
need to reduce our prices to maintain sales of our products, which would make them less profitable. If we fail to develop and successfully 
launch new products prior to the expiration of patents for our existing products, our sales and profits with respect to those products could 
decline significantly. We may not be able to develop and successfully launch more advanced replacement products before these and 
other patents expire. 

26   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock 

Our charter documents could delay or prevent an acquisition or sale of our company. 

Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  empowers  the  Board  of  Directors  to  establish  and  issue  a  class  of  preferred  stock,  and  to 
determine the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock. These provisions give the Board of Directors the ability to deter, 
discourage or make more difficult a change in control of our company, even if such a change in control could be deemed in the interest 
of our stockholders or if such a change in control would provide our stockholders with a substantial premium for their shares over the 
then-prevailing  market  price  for  the  common  stock.  Our  bylaws  contain  other  provisions  that  could  have  an  anti-takeover  effect, 
including the following: 

 •  stockholders have limited ability to remove directors; 

 •  stockholders cannot act by written consent; 

 •  stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; 

 •  the above limitations on stockholder action can be changed only by a 66-2/3% supermajority vote of stockholders; and 

 •  stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or propose other business. 

Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company. 

We  are  subject  to  the  anti-takeover  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  which  regulates 
corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control 
transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock or prevent changes 
in our management. 

Future sales of our common stock could reduce our stock price. 

Our  Board  of  Directors  could  issue  additional  shares  of  common  or  preferred  stock  to  raise  additional  capital  or  for  other 
corporate purposes without stockholder approval. In addition, the Board of Directors could designate and sell a class of preferred stock 
with preferential rights over the common stock with respect to dividends or other distributions. Also, we have filed a universal “shelf 
registration statement” with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The shelf registration statement covers the future public offering 
and sale of up to $200 million in equity or debt securities or any combination of such securities. While we currently have no plans to 
issue any securities under the shelf registration, sales of common or preferred stock under the shelf registration or in other transactions 
could dilute the interest of existing stockholders and reduce the market price of our common stock. Even in the absence of such sales, the 
perception among investors that additional sales of equity securities may take place could reduce the market price of our common stock. 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. 

Our stock price has fluctuated widely. The closing price of our common stock ranged from $5.20 to $16.23 per share during the 
year ended January 3, 2014. Our stock price could continue to experience significant fluctuations in response to factors such as market 
perceptions,  quarterly  variations  in  operating  results,  operating  results  that  vary  from  the  expectations  of  securities  analysts  and 
investors, changes in financial estimates, changes in market valuations of competitors, announcements by us or our competitors of a 
material nature, additions or departures of key personnel, future sales of Common Stock and stock volume fluctuations. Also, general 
political and economic conditions such as recession or interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common 
stock. 

Because  we  do  not  intend  to  pay  dividends,  stockholders  will  benefit  from  an  investment  in  our  common  stock  only  if  it 

appreciates in value. 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception. We currently expect to retain any earnings for use 
to  further  develop  our  business,  and  do  not  expect  to  declare  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The 
declaration and payment of any such dividends in the future depends upon our earnings, financial condition, capital needs and other 
factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors, and may be restricted by future agreements with lenders. As a result, the success of an 
investment in our common stock will depend entirely upon any future appreciation. There is no guarantee that our common stock will 
appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares. 

27  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties 

Our operations are conducted in leased facilities throughout the world. Our executive offices, manufacturing, warehouse and 
distribution, and primary research facilities are located in Monrovia, California. STAAR Surgical AG maintains office, manufacturing, 
and warehouse and distribution facilities in Nidau, Switzerland. The Company has one additional facility in Aliso Viejo, California for 
raw material production and research and development activities. STAAR Japan maintains executive offices in Shin-Urayasu, Japan and 
a final packaging and distribution facility in Ichikawa City, Japan. We believe our operating facilities in the U.S., Switzerland and Japan 
are  suitable  and  adequate  for  our  current  and future  planned requirements.  The  Company  could  increase  capacity  in our  Monrovia, 
California facility by adding additional shifts. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

From time to time we are subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of our business. These 
claims and legal proceedings may relate to contractual rights and obligations, employment matters, and claims of product liability. We 
maintain insurance coverage for product liability claims but may not be insured against other potentially material claims. While we not 
aware of any claims likely to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations, new claims or unexpected 
results of existing claims could lead to significant financial harm. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

None. 

28  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq) under the symbol “STAA.” The following table sets forth the 

high and low per share sale prices of our common stock as reported by Nasdaq. 

Period 
Year ended January 3, 2014 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Year ended December 28, 2012 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Holders 

  $ 

  $ 

High 

Low 

16.23   $ 
13.23     
10.51     
6.25     

7.71   $ 
8.43     
11.21     
11.37     

12.41  
10.41  
5.31  
5.20  

5.05  
5.14  
7.38  
9.65  

As of February 28, 2014, there were approximately 434 record holders of our Common Stock. 

Dividends 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock since our inception. We currently expect to retain any earnings for 
use to further develop our business and not to declare cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The declaration 
and payment of any such dividends in the future depends upon the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital needs and other 
factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors and may be restricted by future agreements with lenders. 

Stock Performance Graph 

This  performance  graph  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended (the Exchange Act), or incorporated by reference into any filing of STAAR Surgical Company under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 

The following graph shows a comparison from January 2, 2009 through January 3, 2014 of the total performance of the following: 

• 

• 

• 

STAAR Surgical Company; 

the Nasdaq Stock Market; 

a  peer  group  we  have  selected  consisting  of  12  companies  within  our  industry  or  closely  related  industries:  Anika
Therapeutics  (ANIK);  Cutera  Inc.  (CUTR);  Cynosure  Inc.  (CYNO);   Integra  LifeSciences  Holdings  Corp.  (IART); 
Iridex Corp. (IRIX); LCA Vision Inc. (LCAV); Merit Medical Systems, Inc. (MMSI); Palomar Medical Technologies
Inc. (PMTI); Solta Medical Inc. (SLTM); Synergetics USA Inc. (SURG); Syneron Medical Ltd. (ELOS); and Volcano
Corporation (VOLC). 

 Returns  in  the  graph  below  reflect  historical  results;  we  do  not  intend  to  suggest  they  predict  future  performance.  The  data 
assumes $100 was invested on January 2, 2009 in STAAR common stock and in each of the composite indices, and that dividends (if 
any) were reinvested. We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no present plans to do so. 

29  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
     
  
    
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Prepared by Zacks Investment Research, Inc. Used with Permission. All rights reserved. 

Total Returns Index for Fiscal Years:     2008 

   100.00  

2009 
128.63  

2010 
253.11  

2011 
435.27  

2012 
241.49   

2013 
668.05  

100.00
   100.00  

140.40
111.77  

165.70
140.01  

164.30
121.00  

189.26 
125.66   

267.50
152.93  

STAAR Surgical Company 
The Nasdaq Stock Market (US and 
Foreign Companies) 
Proxy Peer Group 

Notes: 

A. The lines represent monthly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends. 
B. The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day. 
C. If the monthly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. 
D. The index level for all series was set to $100.00 on January 2, 2009. 

30  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data with respect to the five most recent fiscal years ended January 
3, 2014, December 28, 2012, December 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and January 1, 2010. The selected consolidated statement of 
operations data set forth below for each of the three most recent fiscal years, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data set forth 
below at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by 
BDO USA, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report included in this Annual Report. The 
selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010 and the 
consolidated balance  sheet data  set  forth below  at  December  30, 2011,  December  31, 2010,  and  January 1,  2010,  are  derived from 
audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  not  included  in  this  Annual  Report.  We  have  adjusted  all  prior  periods 
presented to account for Domilens Gmbh divestiture on March 2, 2010 and present Domilens as a discontinued operation. The selected 
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and the Notes 
thereto, included in this Annual Report, and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operation.s”    

Fiscal Year Ended 

January 3, 
  2014 

  December 28, 2012  

  December 30, 2011  
(In thousands except per share data) 

  December 31, 2010   

  January 1,   2010 

Statement of Operations 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

   $ 

General and administrative 
Marketing and selling 
Research and development 
Medical device tax 
Other general and administrative expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Total other income (expense), net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income from discontinued operations, net of 
       income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Income (loss) per share from continuing 
operations – basic 

Income (loss) per share from continuing 
operations – diluted 

Income per share from discontinued operations,
basic and diluted 

Net income (loss) per share – basic 

Net income (loss) per share – diluted 

   $ 

   $ 

72,215       $ 
21,906         
50,309         

16,568         
23,888         
6,708         
203         
2,242         
700         
414         
1,114         
716         
398         

63,783       $ 
19,492         
44,291         

15,150         
21,281         
6,444         
—         
2,636         
(1,220)        
701         
(519)        
1,244         
(1,763)        

62,765       $ 
20,396         
42,369         

14,932         
17,726         
5,868         
—         
1,060         
2,783         
(79)        
2,704         
1,356         
1,348         

54,958       $ 
19,882         
35,076         

14,778         
17,176         
5,724         
—         
—         
(2,602)        
(1,079)        
(3,681)        
432         
(4,113)        

   $ 

—   
398       $ 

—   
(1,763)      $ 

—   
1,348       $ 

4,166   

53       $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.01   

$ 

(0.05)  

$ 

0.04   

$ 

(0.12)  

$ 

0.01   

$ 

(0.05)  

$ 

0.04   

$ 

(0.12)  

$ 

—   

$ 

0.01       $ 

0.01       $ 

—   

$ 

(0.05)      $ 

(0.05)      $ 

—   

$ 

0.04       $ 

0.04       $ 

0.12   

$ 

(.00)      $ 

(.00)      $ 

51,060   
19,737   
31,323   

15,009   
15,300   
5,893   
—   
—   
(4,879)  
(869)  
(5,748)  
1,154   
(6,902)  

702
(6,200)  

(0.21)

(0.21)

0.02

(0.19)  

(0.19)  

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic 

36,706         

36,253         

35,434         

34,825         

32,498   

Weighted average shares outstanding –diluted 

38,607   

36,253   

36,878   

34,825   

32,498

Balance Sheet Data 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Other long-term liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

   $ 

31,663       $ 
61,931         
4,667         
38,852         

26,125       $ 
54,759         
5,068         
31,742         

24,638       $ 
49,006         
5,532         
29,458         

16,539       $ 
40,585         
4,711         
22,427         

13,466   
58,681   
3,887   
21,070   

31  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
     
         
         
         
         
   
     
     
  
     
         
         
         
         
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
         
         
         
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
         
         
         
   
     
         
         
         
         
   
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The matters addressed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations that are not 
historical  information  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning of Section 27A  of  the Securities  Act  of  1933, as 
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Readers can recognize forward-looking statements by 
the use of words like “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “will,” “target,” “forecast” and 
similar  expressions  in  connection  with  any  discussion  of  future  operating  or  financial  performance.  In  particular,  these  include 
statements  relating  to  future  actions,  prospective  products  or  product  approvals,  future  performance  or  results  of  current  and 
anticipated  products,  sales  efforts,  expenses,  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  rates,  the  outcome  of  contingencies,  such  as  legal 
proceedings, and financial results. 

Although  the  Company  believes  that  the  expectations  reflected  in  these  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  such 
statements are inherently subject to risks and the Company can give no assurance that its expectations will prove to be correct. Actual 
results  could  differ  from  those  described  in  this  report  because  of  numerous  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the 
Company. These factors include, without limitation, those described in this Annual Report in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” The Company 
undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  these  forward-looking  statements  after  the  date  of  this  report  to  reflect  future  events  or 
circumstances or to reflect actual outcomes. 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of STAAR, including 

the related notes, provided in this report. 

Overview 

Strategy 

STAAR’s  strategy  is  to  be  valued  as  a  leading  global  provider  of  innovative  intraocular  lens  system  technologies.  STAAR 

employs a commercialization strategy that focuses on achieving sustainable profitable growth. 

Performance Against 2013 Key Operational Metrics 

Two principal strategic goals guided STAAR’s key operational metrics in 2013: to lay the groundwork for further growth and to 
achieve  and  maintain  profitability.  In  pursuit  of  these  goals,  STAAR  aligned  its  business  initiatives  during  2013  along  five  key 
operational metrics that it used to gauge its performance during the year. These metrics are as follows: 

 •  Increase total revenue by 12% to 14% for the full year (increased on July 31, 2013 from the previous 8% to 10% metric).    As 

discussed below in “—Results of Operations,” our total revenue increased by 13% in 2013. 

 •  Increase gross profit margins by 250 basis points for the full year. As discussed below in “—Results of Operations,” gross 

profit margins increased by 30 basis points in fiscal year 2013. 

 •  Achieve profitability in each quarter of 2013. As discussed below in “—Results of Operations,” we achieved profitability on 

a GAAP basis in each of the first three quarters of 2013 but were not profitable in the fourth quarter of 2013. 

 •  Manage  the  manufacturing  consolidation  with  no  material  disruption  to  customer  supply  requirements  or  quality.  Our 
consolidation efforts continue to proceed substantially according to our plans. On July 31, 2013, we revised this metric by
extending the transfer of Swiss operations until the middle of 2014 to assure that we can meet higher than anticipated demand
for the Visian ICL product line. As of the end of February 2014, 100% of all IOL production, and approximately 75% of ICLs 
and 30% of TICLs are manufactured in our Monrovia, California facility. 

32  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other Highlights 

General 

In 2013, we grew the business while increasing our investment in the future by expanding our Monrovia, California facility, 
substantially completing the development of our preloaded ICL product, obtaining additional regulatory approvals for products and 
leveraging our past sales and marketing successes.   During 2013, total procedures and sales increased in all of our top twelve global 
markets compared to 2012.   We moved parts of our operations into 26,000 square foot facility contiguous to our existing Monrovia 
facility.   The effect of foreign currency exchange negatively impacted our financial performance in 2013. Our expanded digital 
marketing efforts, including social media, showed promise and we will continue those efforts in 2014.   We expect to commercially 
launch our pre-loaded ICL product by the second quarter of 2014.    

Global Visian ICL and TICL Sales 

STAAR is the only company with approval to sell a posterior chamber phakic IOL, known as the ICL in the U.S.   In 2013, global 
sales of the ICL products represented approximately 61% of STAAR’s business.   We focus our ICL marketing and sales efforts in the 
top twelve refractive markets, based on the success of our focused market strategy since 2010.   These markets include the U.S., Japan, 
Korea, China, India, Spain, Middle East, Germany, France, Italy, U.K., and Latin America. 

In  September  2011,  we  launched  the  V4c  model  of  the  ICL  with  CentraFLOW  technology,  featuring  the  KS-AquaPORT  in 
countries that recognize the CE Mark.   The CentraFLOW technology uses a proprietary port in the center of the ICL optic of a size 
intended to optimize the flow of fluid within the eye, and eliminates the need for the surgeon to perform a YAG peripheral iridotomy 
procedure  days  before  the  ICL  implant.   By  simplifying  the  procedure  and  increasing  patient  comfort,  the  ICL  with  CentraFLOW 
technology makes the superior visual outcomes of the ICL available through a surgical implantation experience closer to LASIK, which 
we believe attracts new surgeons and patients to the product.  

The  launch  of  ICLV4c  follows  the  September  2010  introduction  of  the  ICLV4b  model,  which  offers  an  expanded  range  of 
correction, in territories that recognize the CE Mark.   The expanded range includes ICLs with lower levels of myopia correction in 
quarter-diopter increments, Toric hyperopic ICLs to treat astigmatism and far-sightedness, and Toric ICLs in the low to zero range of 
myopia to treat patients primarily affected by astigmatism.   These product line extensions more than double the number of patients who 
could benefit from products in Europe and other territories that accept the CE Mark. 

In 2013, the ICL with CentraFLOW technology received regulatory approval in Korea, India and Argentina (in March 2014 we 
received approval in Japan).   We believe these approvals helped increase sales, improved the competitiveness of the ICL product line 
and  will  help  move  us  closer  to  our  goal  of  positioning  the  ICL  and  TICL  throughout  the  world  as  primary  choices  for  refractive 
surgery.   ICL  products  now  address,  in  countries  where  approved,  all  degrees  of  refractive  error  that  can  be  treated  with  laser  eye 
surgery, as well as moderate and severe errors beyond the effective range of laser eye surgery. 

In some key markets of the Asia Pacific region, as well as the U.S., STAAR has not yet introduced the ICLV4b model. In those 
countries, STAAR is seeking approval of the ICL with CentraFLOW technology and plans to move directly to that model as quickly as 
regulatory timelines allow.  

STAAR’s  ability  to  maintain  or  accelerate  the  rate  of  growth  in  ICL  sales  will  partly  depend  on  continued  improvement  in 
worldwide economic conditions and progress with regulatory agencies.   ICL surgery is a relatively expensive elective procedure and is 
seldom  reimbursed  by  insurers  or  government  agencies.   STAAR  believes  that  the  global  recession  reduced  overall  demand  for 
refractive surgery particularly in the U.S., and it has been reported that consumer spending and consumer confidence has not returned to 
pre-recession levels. 

We consider ICL sales growth in the U.S. market important because of the size of the U.S. refractive surgery market and the 

perceived worldwide leadership of the U.S. in adopting innovative medical technologies.   The ICL was approved by the FDA for 
treatment of myopia on December 22, 2005.   STAAR submitted a Pre-Market Approval Application supplement for the Toric ICL to the 
FDA on April 28, 2006.   The FDA has organized an advisory panel meeting to review the PMA supplement for March 14, 2014.   We 
cannot predict when, or if, the FDA may grant approval of the Toric ICL.   (See, “Item 1.—Business—Regulatory Matters—Regulatory 
Requirements in the United States.” ).   On October 9, 2012, STAAR submitted a clinical study protocol regarding the ICL with 
CentraFLOW technology.   On December 12, 2013, we met with the FDA in Washington D.C. to discuss the protocol and we remain in 
dialogue with the FDA regarding a revised proposed protocol.    

33  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Research  and Development efforts  continued on developing  a  presbyopia-correcting  ICL  for  myopic  and  astigmatic  patients. 
Currently efforts focus on one presbyopia-correcting technology early onset and progression of presbyopia by providing an additional 
1.0 to 2.0 diopter of near correction, and another technology for patient in their forties and older that require a greater addition to correct 
presbyopia. 

Global IOL Sales. 

STAAR pioneered the development of folding lenses for use in cataract surgery, and IOLs represented approximately 33% of 

STAAR’s business in 2013. 

In September 2011, STAAR launched its nanoFLEX Collamer Single Piece IOL which can be injected through a 2.2 mm incision 
with the nanoPOINT Injector System, in the territories that recognize the CE Mark. STAAR received CE Mark approval to market its 
nanoFLEX Toric IOL in November 2011, and began marketing the lens in 2013. nanoFLEX is STAAR’s largest selling IOL product in 
the U.S. market and STAAR believes the lens can receive favorable commercial acceptance outside the U.S. STAAR hopes that the 
biocompatibility and excellent optical properties of Collamer, with which surgeons have become acquainted through the ICL, will build 
interest in the nanoFLEX IOL worldwide. Availability of the toric version of the lens, which corrects pre-existing astigmatism at the 
time of cataract surgery, is expected to increase interest in the nanoFLEX technology outside the U.S. 

In May 2012, STAAR included in its Annual Report to the FDA notification of changes to the design for the nanoFLEX IOL. On 
September 25, 2012, the FDA responded that we should submit these changes as a PMA Supplement. On November 19, 2012, STAAR 
amended its Annual Report to not include the modified nanoFLEX. We continue to assess our options regarding the modified nanoFLEX 
IOL in the U.S., while we continue to sell the current version. 

STAAR has  marketed  its  silicone  toric  IOL  since 1998  and believes  that  the  addition of  the  nanoFLEX  Toric will make  the 
product line more competitive with acrylic toric IOLs now in the market. Among other things, the nanoFLEX Toric features an aspheric 
optic,  and  we  believe  the  bio-adhesive  nature  of  the  Collamer  material  will  provide  excellent  rotational  stability,  an  essential 
characteristic for toric lenses. 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, STAAR launched in Japan and select markets in Europe a hydrophobic acrylic, bluelight filter, 
preloaded IOL, featuring the popular single-piece IOL format, known as the KS-SP. The market favorably received the KS-SP and we 
received higher demand than originally forecasted. Due to manufacturing capacity constraints occurring at our third-party acrylic lens 
supplier, we have been experiencing a backlog for the KS-SP, as well as the KS-Xs, throughout all of 2013 and although improved, it 
continues to this day. The supplier cannot estimate whether or when their expanding manufacturing capabilities will be able to meet our 
increasing  supply  requirements.  While  we  are  exploring  supply  alternatives,  there  is  no  guaranty  we  will  identify  and  validate  an 
alternative supplier. 

Among STAAR’s initiatives to grow its IOL business are the following: 

 •  we plan to expand our preloaded IOL offering to our collamer IOL line; 

 •  we plan to seek further regulatory approvals in an effort to build a global product franchise for Collamer IOLs; and 

 •  we are researching presbyopia-correcting designs that leverage the unique optical properties of the Collamer material. 

STAAR cautions that the successful development and introduction of new products is subject to risks and uncertainties, including 

the risk of unexpected delays and, in some cases, approval of regulatory authorities. 

Manufacturing  Consolidation  Project  and  Tax  Strategy.   Since  2011,  STAAR  has  devoted  significant  resources  to  two 
initiatives:   a project to consolidate global manufacturing, and development of a strategy to optimize our global organization for tax 
purposes.   The goal of these strategies is to further improve upon gross profit margins by streamlining operations, thereby reducing costs 
and to increase profits in the U.S. to enable us to utilize our $121.7 million in net operating loss carryforwards, and at the same time, 
reduce income taxes in foreign jurisdictions where we pay tax. 

34  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We developed a plan to consolidate our manufacturing in a single site in Monrovia, California by the middle of 2014, (originally 
scheduled for completion by the end of 2013), which is expected subsequently to yield significant savings in cost of goods and to lower 
our  global  administrative  and  regulatory  costs.   In  2013,  we  ceased  manufacturing  efforts  in  our  Japan  facility.   Now  all IOLs  are 
manufactured in the U.S.  

In  December  2012,  the  Company  began  manufacturing  the  first  ICLs  in  the  U.S.,  whereas  they  were  previously  exclusively 
manufactured in Switzerland.  Sixty percent of ICLs manufactured through February 2014 were U.S.-manufactured, with the remainder 
manufactured in Switzerland.   Our manufacturing consolidation project, which is subject to significant risks, is further described under 
“Item 1A.   Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our manufacturing consolidation plan exposes us to risk.” 

STAAR has spent approximately $6 million on its manufacturing consolidation initiatives over a three and a half-year period and 
spent  approximately  $2.2  million  during  2013.   Expenditures  to  date  have  largely  consisted  of  severance,  employee  costs,  and 
professional fees to advisors and consultants. 

During the first half of 2013, we moved parts of our operations into the building immediately adjacent to our current facility in 
Monrovia, California, which we leased in August 2012.   The new building, approximately 26,000 square feet, which is accessible from 
the  current  facility  via  two  hallways,  allows  the  Company  to  accommodate  the  needs  associated  with  our  previously  announced 
manufacturing consolidation to Monrovia, as well as provide space for additional growth.  

In addition, as STAAR’s profitability grows, its liability for income taxes in various jurisdictions has also increased.   STAAR has 
developed  a  strategy  to  reduce  its  future  tax  liabilities  as  its  business  grows.   Among  other  things,  STAAR  seeks  to  utilize  the 
approximately $121.7 million in net operating losses that it has accumulated in the U.S. 

However, we cannot assure that we will achieve the expected benefits of these initiatives. Among other things, costs could exceed 
current  estimates, product  manufacturing  transfers  can result  in delays or supply  interruptions,  changes  in  tax  laws  could reduce or 
eliminate expected benefits of some or our tax strategies, and future profit margins can be affected by a variety of factors unrelated to our 
level of manufacturing efficiency. 

Backlog. The ICL is manufactured to precisely address refractive prescriptions across a broad range of correction, resulting in a 
large number of Stock Keeping Units (SKUs).   The challenge of maintaining inventory in all models can result in a backlog in customer 
orders.   While the dollar amount of backlog orders is not currently significant in relation to our total annual sales, unexpectedly large 
orders for ICLs could increase our backlog.   STAAR believes it has sufficient capacity to ramp up production levels to meet demand and 
that any backlogs will be temporary.   However, delays in filling orders can result in lost sales if alternative refractive treatments are 
available to the patient. Because Toric ICLs treat an even greater variety of refractive errors and at times must be custom made for the 
patient,  they  are  accustomed  to  a  special  order  procedure  and  do  not  expect  immediate  delivery  of  Toric  ICLs  from  inventory.  In 
connection with our manufacturing consolidation project, we have built a safety stock of inventory of our primary products within the 
ICL and IOL product lines. 

Our pre-loaded single piece acrylic IOL has experienced backlogs for the past year and remains on backlog today due to supply 
constraints occurring at our third-party acrylic lens vendor.   Although the supplier is working to resolve the issue, they cannot estimate 
whether  or  when  their  manufacturing  capabilities  will  be  able  to meet  our  increasing  supply  need.   While  we  are  exploring  supply 
alternatives, there is no guaranty we will identify and validate an alternative supplier. 

Status of U.S. TICL Submission.  

As discussed above under the caption “Item 1.   Business — Regulatory Matters,” STAAR submitted a Pre-Market Approval 
Application  (PMA)  supplement  for  the  TICL  to  the  FDA  on  April  28,  2006,  which  the  agency  has  designated  as  a  panel-track 
supplement.   Since then, the FDA has raised a number of questions regarding the TICL clinical study and associated data.   We have 
engaged in an interactive process with the FDA to respond to their questions.   The FDA has scheduled an advisory panel meeting to 
review the PMA supplement on March 14, 2014.   The U.S. represents the largest refractive procedure market and STAAR will continue 
to seek approval.   STAAR cannot predict when, or if, the FDA may grant approval of the Toric ICL. 

35  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth the percentage of total sales represented by certain items reflected in the Company’s consolidated 

statement of operations for the period indicated and the percentage increase or decrease in such items over the prior period. 

January 
  3, 
  2014 

Percentage of Net Sales 
December 
  28, 
  2012 

December 
  30, 
  2011 

Percentage Change 

2013 vs. 
  2012 

2012 vs. 
  2011 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
General and 
administrative 
Marketing and selling 
Research and 
development 
Medical device tax 
Other general and 
administrative 
       expenses 
Operating income (loss)  
Total other income 
(expense), net 
Income (loss) before 
income taxes 
Provision for income 
taxes 
Net income (loss) 

100.0 %    
30.3 %    
69.7 %    

22.8 % 
33.1 %    

9.3 % 
0.3 %    

3.1 % 
1.1 %    

0.7 % 

1.8 % 

1.0 % 
0.8 %    

* Denotes change is greater than 100% 

100.0 %    
30.6 %    
69.4 %    

23.7 % 
33.4 %    

10.1 % 
—   

4.1 % 
(1.9)%    

1.1 % 

(0.8)% 

2.0 % 
(2.8)%    

100.0 %   
32.5 %   
67.5 %   

23.8 %
28.2 %   

9.3 %
—   

1.7 %
4.4 %   

(0.1)%

4.3 %

2.2 %
2.1 %   

13.2 % 
12.4 % 
13.6 % 

(9.4)% 
(12.3)% 

(4.1)% 
*  

14.9 % 

*  

(40.9)% 

*  

42.4 % 

*  

1.6 %
(4.4)%
4.5 %

1.5 %
20.1 %

9.8 %
—   

*  
*  

*  

*  

(8.3)%
*  

The following table presents our net sales, by product, for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

% of 
  Total 

2013 

% of 
  Total 

2012 

% of 
  Total 

2011 

61.2 %     $ 
33.4 %       

44,128  
24,153  

55.0 %   $ 
40.7 %     

35,080  
25,971  

51.1 %     $ 
43.9 %       

32,074  
27,547  

94.6 %       
5.4 %       
100.0 %     $ 

68,281
3,934  
72,215  

95.7 %     
4.3 %     
100.0 %   $ 

61,051
2,732  
63,783  

95.0 %       
5.0 %       
100.0 %     $ 

59,621
3,144  
62,765  

ICL 
IOL 
Core Product 
Sales 
Other 
Total Sales 

Net sales for 2013 were $72.2 million, a 13.2% increase over the $63.8 million reported in fiscal 2012.   The increase in net sales 
was  due  to  a  26%  increase  in  ICL  sales  and  a  44%  increase  in  other  product  sales,  partially  offset  by  a  7%  decrease  in  IOL 
sales.   Changes in foreign currency negatively impacted net sales by $3.8 million. 

Net sales for 2012 were $63.8 million, a 1.6% increase over the $62.8 million reported in fiscal 2011.   The increase in net sales 
was due to a 9.4% increase in ICL sales, which was largely offset by a 5.7% decrease in IOL sales and a 13.2% decrease in other product 
sales.   Changes in foreign currency did not materially impact our net sales for the year. 

Total ICL sales for 2013 were $44.1 million, a 26% increase over the $35.1 million reported in fiscal 2012.   ICL unit volume 
grew in each of the Company’s top 12 markets and sales increased in 11 out of 12 markets with the only exception being Japan whose 
sales declined 4% due to the negative impact of foreign currency. ICL sales represented 61% of our total sales for fiscal 2013.   Toric ICL 
sales represented 47% of total ICL sales, where approved. 

36  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
    
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Total ICL sales for 2012 were $35.1 million, a 9.4% increase over the $32.1 million in fiscal 2011. Unit volume increased 3% and 
average  selling  prices  increased  6%.   ICL  sales  growth  was  lower  than  anticipated  due  to  an  18%  decrease  in  ICL  sales  in 
Korea.   Outside  of  Korea,  ICL  sales  grew  18%.    ICL  sales  represented  55%  of  our  total  sales  for  fiscal  2012.   Toric  ICL  sales 
represented 49% of total ICL sales, where approved. 

Total IOL sales were $24.2 million for fiscal 2013, a 7.0% decrease from fiscal 2012 sales of $26.0 million.   The decrease in IOL 
sales was primarily due to the negative impact of changes in foreign currency which reduced net sales of IOLs by $3.2 million.   IOL 
sales represented 33% of the Company’s total sales in fiscal 2013. Preloaded IOL sales represented 76% of total IOL sales in fiscal 2013. 

Total IOL sales were $26.0 million for fiscal 2012, a 5.7% decrease from fiscal 2011 sales of $27.5 million.   The primary reason 
for the decrease was a 25% decrease in U.S. IOL sales volume.   The effect of the decrease in unit volume was partially offset by an 11% 
increase in average selling prices.   Preloaded IOL sales in international markets decreased 1%, despite a 5% increase in unit volume, 
because of a 6% decline in average selling prices due to a mix shift to preloaded acrylic IOLs which have lower average selling prices 
than most other IOL models.   IOL sales represented 41% of the Company’s total sales in fiscal 2012. Preloaded IOL sales represented 
76% of total IOL sales in fiscal 2012. 

Other product sales, which have been deemphasized in recent years due to their low margins, increased to $3.9 million in fiscal 
2013 from $2.7 million in fiscal 2012.   The increase in other product sales is due to an increase in preloaded injector part sales to a third 
party manufacturer for product they sell to their customers.   Other product sales represented 5.4% and 4.3% of the Company’s total sales 
in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The following table presents our gross profit and gross profit margin for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Gross Profit 
Gross Profit Margin 

   $ 

50,309   

   $ 
69.7 %       

44,291   

   $ 
69.4 %       

42,369   

67.5 % 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Gross profit in fiscal 2013 was $50.3 million compared with $44.3 million in fiscal 2012.   The increase in gross profit and gross 
profit margin was largely attributable to the 26% increase in ICL sales.   Gross margin was negatively impacted by the increased sales of 
injector parts which reduced gross margin by 140 basis points and higher costs in Japan for U.S. dollar sourced products due to a weaker 
yen which reduced gross margin by 120 basis points. 

Gross profit in fiscal 2012 was $44.3 million compared with $42.4 million in fiscal 2011.   The increase in gross profit and gross 

profit margin was largely attributable to a higher mix of ICL sales and improved margins on IOL sales. 

The following table presents our general and administrative expense for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

General and Administrative Expense 
Percentage of Sales 

   $ 

16,568   

   $ 
22.8 %       

15,150   

   $ 
23.7 %       

14,932   

23.8 % 

2013 

2012 

2011 

General and administrative (G&A) expense in fiscal 2013 was $16.6 million or 22.8% of sales, compared with $15.1 or 23.7% of 
sales in fiscal 2012.   Although G&A expense has decreased as a percentage of sales, the increase in dollars was primarily due to an 
increased compensation expense and the costs associated with the new facility in California. 

General and administrative expense in fiscal 2012 was $15.1 million or 23.7% of sales, compared with $14.9 million or 23.8% of 
sales in fiscal 2011.   Although G&A expense has decreased as a percentage of sales, the increase in dollars was primarily due to an 
increase in stock based compensation expense. 

 The following table presents our marketing and selling expense for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Marketing and Selling Expense 
Percentage of Sales 

   $ 

23,888   

   $ 
33.1 %       

21,281   

   $ 
33.4 %       

17,726   
28.2 % 

2013 

2012 

2011 

37  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Marketing and selling expense in fiscal 2013 was $23.9 million or 33.1% of sales, compared with $21.3 or 33.4% of sales in fiscal 
2012.   The  increase  in  expense  is  due  to  increased  compensation  and  travel  costs  primarily  due  to  increased  headcount,  increased 
commissions  due  to  increased  sales,  increased  tradeshow  expenses,  and  increased  promotional  activities  including  social  media 
marketing efforts. 

 Marketing and selling expense in fiscal 2012 was $21.3 million or 33.4% of sales, compared with $17.7 million or 28.2% of sales 
in  fiscal  2011.   The  increase  in  sales  and  marketing  expense  was  due  to  the  addition  of  17  employees  during  2012  to  support  the 
Company’s ICL growth initiatives in Asia Pacific, Europe, and the U.S. and to support global marketing efforts. 

The following table presents our research and development expense for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Research and Development Expense   
Percentage of Sales 

$

6,708   

$

9.3 %    

6,444   
10.1 %    

   $ 

5,868   

9.3 % 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Research  and  development  expenses  consist  primarily  of  compensation  and  related  costs  for  personnel  responsible  for  the 
research  and  development  of  new  and  existing  products  and  the  regulatory  and  clinical  activities  required  to  acquire  and  maintain 
product approvals globally.   These costs are expensed as incurred. 

Research and development expense in fiscal 2013 was $6.7 million or 9.3% of sales, compared with $6.4 million or 10.1% of 
sales in fiscal 2012.   The increase in expense is due to new product development and costs of preparing for the Toric ICL Panel meeting 
scheduled by the FDA for March 14, 2014. 

Research and development expense in fiscal 2012 was $6.4 million or 10.1% of sales, compared with $5.9 million or 9.3% of 
sales in fiscal 2011.   The increase in expense is due to an increase in compensation costs, including stock-based compensation and due 
to new product development activities. 

The following table presents other general and administrative expenses for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Other General and Administrative Expenses   
Percentage of Sales 

$

2,242   

$

3.1 %     

2,636   

   $

4.1 %       

1,060   
1.7 %

2013 

2012 

2011 

Other general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2013 of $2.2 million compared with $2.6 million in fiscal 2012 represent costs 
associated with the Company’s project to consolidate its manufacturing operations to the U.S.   During 2013, the Company completed 
the consolidation and closure of Japan manufacturing and the Company anticipates that the transfer of Swiss manufacturing will be 
completed  by  mid-2014.   The  Company  estimates  that  manufacturing  consolidation  expenses  will  decrease  in  2014  to  less  than 
$500,000. 

Other general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2012 of $2.6 million compared with $1.1 million in fiscal 2011 represent costs 
associated with the Company’s plans to consolidate its manufacturing operations. This expense was higher than originally planned for 
the year due to a change in the timing of severance accruals. 

The following table presents our other income (expense), net for the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Other Income (Expense), net 
Percentage of Sales 

   $ 

   $ 

414   
0.7 % 

   $ 

701   
1.1 % 

(79)  
(0.1)% 

2013 

2012 

2011 

38 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other income (expense), net generally relates to interest expense on notes payable and capital lease obligations, gains or losses on 
foreign currency transactions, royalty income, and fair value adjustments of outstanding warrants.   The table below summarizes the year 
over year changes in other income (expense), net (in thousands). 

Favorable (Unfavorable) 

2013 v. 2012 

2012 v. 2011 

   $ 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Exchange gains (losses) 
Royalty income 
Fair value adjustment of warrants (3) 
Other 
Net change in other income (expense), net     $ 

—   
121   
(72)  
85   
(308)  
(113)  
(287)  

$ 

$ 

27   
232(1)  
25   
(58)  
452   
102(2)  
780   

 (1)  Decrease in interest expense is due to the fulfillment of certain capital lease obligations. 
 (2)  Other  income  resulted from  the  release of restricted  cash which  was set  aside  for  the payment  of  potential  taxes  of  our  former 

German subsidiary. 

 (3)  Relates  to  the  fair  value  of  70,000  warrants  issued  to  Broadwood  Partners,  L.P.  on  March  21,  2007.  The  warrants  expired

unexercised on March 21, 2013. 

The following table presents our provision for income taxes for the fiscal years presented (in thousands): 

Provision for Income Taxes 

   $ 

716    $ 

1,244    $ 

1,356   

2013 

2012 

2011 

The provision for  income  taxes  decreased  from  2012  to 2013 primarily  due  to our release  of  the  valuation  allowance  of  our 
STAAR Japan subsidiary as of the third quarter ended September 27, 2013, which resulted in a tax benefit of $433,000 recognized 
during fiscal year 2013.   We maintained a full valuation allowance for STAAR Japan in 2012 and 2011. 

The provision for income taxes decreased from 2011 to 2012, as a result of a decrease in income in jurisdictions in which we pay 

taxes. 

We  do  not  expect  to  begin  to  see  the  tax  benefits  associated  with  our  manufacturing  consolidation  project  until  2014  when 

manufacturing is projected to be fully consolidated. 

See Critical Accounting Policies included later in this Item 7 for additional information about our provision for income taxes. 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate is set forth in Note 9 of Notes to the Consolidated 

Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

We have historically financed our operations primarily through operating cash flows, the issuance of common stock and proceeds 
from stock option exercises, borrowings under line of credit and by relying on equipment and other commercial financing. During 2014, 
and for the foreseeable future, we will be highly dependent on our net product revenue to supplement our current liquidity and fund our 
operations. We may, in the future elect, to supplement this with further debt or commercial borrowing. 

We believe our current cash balances coupled with cash flow from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our working 
capital  requirements  for  the  foreseeable  future,  including  the  remaining  cost  and  capital  associated  with  our  plans  to  consolidate 
manufacturing.   Our need for working capital, and the terms on which financing may be available, will depend in part on its degree of 
success in maintaining positive cash flow through the strategies described above under the caption “ —Overview—Strategy .” 

39  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Our financial condition as of January 3, 2014 for each of the years indicated included the following (in millions): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2013 v. 2012 

2012 v. 2011 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 

22.9   $ 
50.1   $ 
18.4     
31.7   $ 

21.7   $ 
44.1   $ 
17.9     
26.2   $ 

16.6   $ 
38.7   $ 
14.0     
24.7   $ 

1.2    $ 
6.1    $ 
1.0      
5.1    $ 

5.1  
5.4  
3.9  
1.5  

Overview of changes in cash and cash equivalents and other working capital accounts. 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $3.4 million, $3.2 million, and $5.3 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 
respectively. For 2013, net cash provided by operating activities consisted of $0.4 million net income, $7.4 million non-cash expenses 
and $4.4 million used for working capital.   For 2012, net cash provided by operating activities consisted of net loss of $1.8 million, $5.4 
million in non-cash expenses and $0.4 million used for working capital.   For 2011, net cash provided by operating activities consisted of 
net income of $1.3 million, $4.6 million in non-cash expenses and $0.6 million used for working capital.  

Net cash used in investing activities was $3.4 million, $2.1 million, and $0.9 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, 
respectively, and relate primarily to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.    The increase in investment in property, plant and 
equipment  during  2013,  relative  to  2012,  and  during  2012,  relative  to  2011,  is  due  to  investments  made  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s  consolidation  of  its  manufacturing  operations  to  the  U.S.  In  addition,  during  2013,  the  Company  made  investments  in 
leasehold improvements related to the expansion of the Company’s Monrovia, CA facility.  

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.4 million, $4.3 million, and $2.8 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, 
respectively. For 2013, net cash provided by financial activities consisted of $0.8 million of repayment of capital lease lines of credit and 
$3.3 million in proceeds from exercise of stock options.     For 2012, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $3.5 million 
increase in line of credit and $1.5 million in proceeds from exercise of stock options, partially offset by $0.7 million in capital lease 
repayments.   For 2011, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $3.3 million in proceeds from exercise of stock options, 
partially offset by $0.6 million in capital lease repayments.  

Accounts receivable was $10.7 million as of January 3, 2014 and $8.5 million as of December 28, 2012.  Days’ Sales Outstanding 
(“DSO”) was 55 days in 2013 and 49 days in 2012. The Company expects to maintain DSO within a range of 45 to 50 days during the 
course of fiscal 2014. 
   Inventories at the end of fiscal 2013 and 2012 were $12.5 million and $11.7 million, respectively. Days’ inventory on hand (“DOH”) 
was 159 days in 2013 and 145 days in 2012 for finished goods, including consignment inventory.   We planned for this increase to 
provide safety stock during our manufacturing consolidation project.  

Shelf Registration 

In  August  2011,  STAAR  filed  a  universal  “shelf  registration  statement”  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(SEC).   The shelf registration statement covers the future public offering and sale of up to $75 million in equity or debt securities or any 
combination of such securities.   STAAR has not issued any securities under that shelf registration statement which will expire in August 
2014.   On February 26, 2014, STAAR filed a universal shelf registration statement with the SEC covering the future public offering and 
sale of up to $200 million in equity or debt securities or any combination of such securities. STAAR currently has no plans to issue any 
securities under the shelf registration statement.   Among the purposes for which STAAR could use the proceeds of securities sold in the 
future under the shelf registration statement are working capital, capital expenditures, expansion of sales and marketing, and continuing 
research and development.   STAAR could also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, assets, products and 
technologies that are complementary to our own, although we are not currently contemplating or negotiating any such acquisitions or 
investments.   The availability of financing in the public capital markets through the shelf registration statement depends on a number of 
factors in place at the time of financing, including the strength of STAAR’s business performance, general economic conditions and 
investment climate, and investor perceptions of those factors.   If STAAR seeks financing under the shelf registration statement in the 
future, we cannot assure that such financing will be available on favorable terms, if at all. 

Credit Facilities, Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

Credit Facilities 

The Company has credit facilities with different lenders to support operations as detailed below. 

40  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Line of Credit 

The Company’s wholly owned Japanese subsidiary, STAAR Japan, has an agreement, as amended on December 28, 2012, with 
Mizuho Bank which provides for borrowings of up to 500,000,000 Yen (approximately $4.8 million based on the rate of exchange on 
January 3, 2014), at an interest rate equal to the Tokyo short-term prime interest rate (approximately 1.475% as of January 3, 2014) and 
may be renewed annually (the current line expires on April 4, 2014).  The credit facility is not collateralized. In case of default, the 
interest rate will be increased to 14% per annum. While no assurance can be given, the Company believes the credit line will be renewed 
in fiscal 2014. The Company had 500,000,000 Yen outstanding on the line of credit as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, 
(approximately  $4.8  million  and  $5.8  million  based  on  the  foreign  exchange  rates  on  January  3,  2014  and  December  28,  2012, 
respectively) which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity and market interest rates of the line of credit.   As of January 
3, 2014, there were no available borrowings under the line. 

In August 2010, the Company’s wholly owned Swiss subsidiary, STAAR Surgical AG, entered into a credit agreement with 
Credit Suisse (the Bank). The credit agreement provides for borrowings of up to 1,000,000 CHF (Swiss Francs) ($1.1 million at the rate 
of  exchange  on  January  3,  2014),  to  be  used  for  working  capital  purposes.  Accrued  interest  and  0.25%  commissions  on  average 
outstanding borrowings is payable quarterly and the interest rate will be determined by the Bank based on the then prevailing market 
conditions at the time of borrowing. The credit agreement is automatically renewed on an annual basis based on the same terms assuming 
there  is  no  default.  The  credit  agreement  may  be  terminated  by  either  party  at  any  time  in  accordance  with  its  general  terms  and 
conditions. The credit facility is not collateralized and contains certain conditions such as providing the Bank with audited financial 
statements annually and notice of significant events or conditions as defined in the credit agreement. The Bank may also declare all 
amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable upon a change of control or a “material qualification” in STAAR Surgical 
independent auditors’ report, as defined. There were no borrowings outstanding as of January 3, 2014 and the full amount of the line was 
available for borrowing. 

Covenant Compliance 

The Company is in compliance with the covenants of its credit facilities and line of credit as of January 3, 2014. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table represents the Company’s known contractual obligations as of January 3, 2014 (in thousands): 

Contractual Obligations 

Total 

1 Year 

Payments Due by Period 

2-3 
  Years 

4-5 
  Years 

More 
  Than  
  5 Years 

Line of credit 
Capital lease obligations 
Operating lease obligations 
Pension benefit payments 
Firm commitments 
Severance 
Open purchase orders 

Total 

Critical Accounting Policies 

   $ 

   $ 

4,750   $ 
451     
8,007     
1,434     
1,864     
731     
235     
17,472   $ 

4,750   $ 
303     
2,058     
99     
1,464     
731     
235     
9,640   $ 

—   $ 
148     
3,533     
244     
400     
—     
—     
4,325   $ 

—   $ 
—     
1,988     
315     
—     
—     
—     
2,303   $ 

—  
—  
428  
776  
—  
—  
—  
1,204  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses 
during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowances 
for  doubtful  accounts  and  sales  return,  inventory  reserves  and  income  taxes,  among  others.  Our  estimates  are  based  on  historical 
experiences,  market  trends  and  financial  forecasts  and  projections,  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  management  believes  are 
reasonable under the circumstances and at that certain point in time. Actual results may differ, significantly at times, from these if actual 
conditions differ from our assumptions. 

We believe the following represent our critical accounting policies. 

41  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
• 

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable.    We recognize revenue when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the
following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sale price is fixed or determinable; 
and collectability is reasonably assured.  The Company records revenue from non-consignment product sales when title and risk of 
ownership  has  been  transferred,  which  is  typically  at  shipping  point,  except  for  our  STAAR  Japan  subsidiary,  which  is  typically 
recognized when the product is received by the customer.  STAAR Japan does not have significant deferred revenues as delivery to
the customer is generally made within the same or the next day of shipment. Our products are marketed to ophthalmic surgeons,
hospitals,  ambulatory  surgery  centers  or  vision  centers,  and  distributors.  IOLs  may  be  offered  to  surgeons  and  hospitals  on  a
consignment  basis.  We  maintain  title  and risk of  loss on consigned  inventory.  We recognize revenue  for consignment  inventory 
when we are informed the IOL has been implanted and not upon shipment to the surgeon. We believe our revenue recognition policies
are appropriate. We present sales tax we collect from our customers on a net basis (excluded from our revenues). 

    We ship ICLs only for use by surgeons who have already been certified, or for use in scheduled training surgeries. 

We sell certain injector parts to an unrelated customer and supplier (collectively referred to as “supplier”) whereby these injector part 
sales are either made as a final sale to the supplier or, are sold to be reprocessed by the supplier into finished goods inventory (a
preloaded acrylic IOL).   These finished goods are then sold back to us at an agreed upon, contractual price.   We make a profit margin 
on either type of sale with the supplier and each type of sale is made under separate purchase and sales orders between the two of us
resulting in cash settlement for the orders sold or repurchased.   For parts that are sold as a final sale, we recognize a sale consistent
with our routine revenue recognition policies as disclosed and those sales are included as part of other sales in total net sales.   For the 
injector parts that are sold to be reprocessed into finished goods, we do not recognize revenue on these sales in accordance with ASC
845-10,  Purchases  and Sales  of  Inventory with  the  Same  Counterparty.     Instead,  we record  the  transaction  at  its  carrying  value, 
deferring any profit margin in inventory, until the finished good inventory is sold to an end-customer (not the supplier) at which point 
we record the sale and the related cost of sale, including the release of the deferred cost of sale in inventory, related to these finished 
goods.  

For all sales, we are the principal in the transaction as we, among other factors, are the primary obligor in the arrangement, bear 
general  inventory  risk,  credit  risk,  have  latitude  in  establishing  the  sales  price  and  bear  authorized  sales  returns  inventory  risk. 
Therefore,  sales  are  recognized  gross  with  corresponding  cost  of  sales  in  the  statement  of  operations  instead  of  a  single,  net 
amount.  Cost of sales includes cost of production, freight and distribution, royalties, and inventory provisions, net of any purchase
discounts. 

We generally permit returns of product if the product is returned within the time allowed by our return policies, and in good condition.
We provide allowances for sales returns based on an analysis of our historical patterns of returns matched against the sales from which 
they originated. While such allowances have historically been within our expectations, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to
experience the same return rates that we have in the past.  Measurement of such returns requires consideration of, among other factors,
historical returns experience and trends, including the need to adjust for current conditions and product lines, the entry of a competitor,
and  judgments  about  the  probable  effects  of  relevant  observable  data.  We  consider  all  available  information  in  our  quarterly
assessments of the adequacy of the allowance for sales returns.  Sales are reported net of estimated returns.  If the actual sales returns 
are higher or lower than estimated by management, additional reduction or increase in sales may occur. 

   We maintain provisions for uncollectible accounts based on estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to remit
payments. If the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, thereby resulting in an inability to make payments, additional 
allowances could be required. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer
payment  history  and  current  creditworthiness,  as  determined  by  our  review  of  our  customers’  current  credit  information.  We
continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon
our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. We write off amounts determined to be 
uncollectible against the allowance for doubtful accounts. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and
the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that we have in the past. 
Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, 
and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates 
and financial health of specific customers. We consider all available information in our assessments of the adequacy of the reserves for 
uncollectible accounts. 

 • Stock-Based Compensation.  We account for the issuance of stock options to employees and directors by estimating the fair value of
options issued using the Black-Scholes pricing model. This model’s calculations include the exercise price, the market price of shares
on grant date, risk-free interest rates, expected term of the option, expected volatility of our stock and expected dividend yield.   The 
amounts  recorded  in  the  financial  statements  for  share-based  compensation  could  vary  significantly  if  we  were  to  use  different
assumptions.   We also issue restricted stock units, or RSUs, to certain executives which contain both a performance and a   

42 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
   service condition such that they vest if the internally established revenue target is met or exceeded and the grantee is still employed 
with us on the measurement date, which is typically one year after the grant date.   We recognize compensation cost for the RSUs if 
and when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, over the requisite
service period based on the grant-date fair value of the stock.   We reassess the probability of vesting at each reporting period and 
adjust compensation cost based on our probability assessment. 

 •  Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes, on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, under the asset and liability method, whereby
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial
statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled in the jurisdictions in which they arise. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in 
income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 
based on the amount of existing temporary differences, the period in which they are expected to be recovered and expected levels of 
taxable income. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets is established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized. 

We expect to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance in the U.S. on future tax benefits until, and if, an appropriate level of 
profitability is sustained, or we are able to develop tax strategies that would enable us to conclude that it is more likely than not that a 
portion of our deferred tax assets would be realizable. 

In the normal course of business, we are regularly audited by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, and subject to periodic inquiries 
from those tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These inquiries may relate to the timing and amount of deductions and 
the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intend 
to defend our positions, if necessary. Our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be impacted if we prevailed in
matters for which reserves have been established, or were required to pay amounts in excess of established reserves. 

•  Inventories.  We  provide  estimated  inventory  allowances  for  excess,  slow  moving,  expiring  and  obsolete  inventory  as  well  as
inventory whose carrying value is in excess of net realizable value. These reserves are based on current assessments about future 
demands, market conditions and related management initiatives. If market conditions and actual demands are less favorable than those
projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. We value our inventory at the lower of cost or net
realizable market values. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory
based primarily on the expiration of products with a shelf life of less than four months, estimated forecasts of product demand and 
production  requirements  for  the  next  twelve  months.  Several  factors  may  influence  the  realizability  of  our  inventories,  including 
decisions to exit a product line, technological change and new product development. These factors could result in an increase in the 
amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, estimates of future product demand may prove to be inaccurate, in 
which case the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory may be understated or overstated. If in the future, we determine 
that our inventory was overvalued, we would be required to recognize such costs in cost of sales at the time of such determination. 
Likewise, if we determine that our inventory was undervalued, cost of sales in previous periods could have been overstated and we 
would be required to recognize such additional operating income at the time of sale. While such inventory losses have historically 
been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same loss 
rates that we have in the past. Therefore, although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of forecasts of future product demand, 
including  the  impact  of  planned  future  product  launches,  any  significant  unanticipated  changes  in  demand  or  technological 
developments could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory and our reported operating results. 

 •  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.  Intangible  and  other  long  lived-assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  such  as 
product discontinuance, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
not  be  recoverable.  Certain  factors  which  may  occur  and  indicate  that  an  impairment  exists  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  the 
following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the 
manner of use of the underlying assets; and significant adverse industry or market economic trends. In reviewing for impairment, we 
compare the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected from the use of the assets and 
their eventual disposition. In the event that the carrying value of assets is determined to be unrecoverable, we would estimate the fair 
value of the assets and record an impairment charge for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The estimate of fair value 
requires management to make a number of assumptions and projections, which could include, but would not be limited to, future 
revenues, earnings and the probability of certain outcomes and scenarios. Our policy is consistent with current accounting guidance as 
prescribed by ASC 360-10-35, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. 

43 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 •  Goodwill.  Goodwill, which has an indefinite life, is not amortized, but instead is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Intangible 
assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their remaining useful lives. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an
annual basis or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit 
below its carrying amount. Certain factors which may occur and indicate that impairment exists include, but are not limited to the
following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the 
manner of our use of the underlying assets; and significant adverse industry or market economic trends. In the event that the carrying
value of assets is determined to be unrecoverable, we would estimate the fair value of the reporting unit and record an impairment 
charge for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The estimate of fair value requires management to make a number of
assumptions and projections, which could include, but would not be limited to, future revenues, earnings and the probability of certain 
outcomes and scenarios, including the use of experts. 

 •  Definite-Lived Intangible Assets.  We also have other intangible assets mainly consisting of patents and licenses, certain acquired
rights,  developed  technologies  and  customer relationships. We  capitalize  the  cost of  acquiring patents  and  licenses.  We  acquired 
certain customer relationships, acquired rights and developed technologies in the acquisition of our STAAR Japan subsidiary which 
was completed on December 29, 2007. Amortization is computed on the straight-line basis  over the estimated useful lives of the 
assets, which is our best estimate of the pattern of the economic benefit, which are based on legal, contractual and other provisions, 
and range from 10 to 21 years for patents, certain acquired rights and licenses, 10 years for customer relationships and 3 to 10 years for 
developed  technology.   We  review  intangible  assets  for  impairment  in  the  assessment  discussed  above  regarding  Impairment  of 
Long-Lived Assets. 

•  Employee Defined Benefit Plans. We have maintained a passive pension plan (the “Swiss Plan”) covering employees of its Swiss
subsidiary.  We  determined  that  the  features  of  the Swiss  Plan  conform  to  the features  of  a defined benefit plan.  As  a  result,  we 
adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 715, Employers’ Accounting for
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. 

In connection with our acquisition of the remaining interest in STAAR Japan, Inc., we assumed the net pension liability under STAAR 
Japan’s noncontributory defined benefit pension plan substantially covering all of the employees of STAAR Japan.  STAAR Japan 
adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of Accounting Standards Codification for Defined Benefit Plans - Pension on 
December 29, 2007, the date of the acquisition. STAAR Japan is not required, and we do not intend to provide any future contributions 
to  this  pension  plan  to  meet  benefit  obligations  and  will  therefore  not  have  any  plan  assets.   Benefit  payments  are  made  to 
beneficiaries from operating cash flows as they become due. 

Defined Benefits Plans - Pension requires recognition of the funded status, or difference between the fair value of plan assets and the
projected  benefit  obligations  of  the  pension  plan  on  the  statement  of  financial  position  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to
accumulated other comprehensive income. If the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, then that difference 
or unfunded status represents the pension liability. We record a net periodic pension cost in the consolidated statement of operations.
The  liabilities  and  annual  income  or  expense  of  both  plans  are  determined  using  methodologies  that  involve  several  actuarial
assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate, and the expected long-term rate of asset return.   Assumptions of 
expected asset returns and market-related values of plan assets are applicable to the Swiss Plan only. We have contracted with the 
Allianz Suisse Life Insurance Company's BVG Collective Foundation (“Foundation”) to manage our Swiss Plan. The Swiss pension
funds are legally independent from the employer and are regulated by Swiss federal law. The investment strategy is determined by the 
Foundation and this applies to all its members. However, the funds contributed by an employer are specifically earmarked only for its
employees. The unfunded obligations of a plan are not borne by the remaining participating employers. Vested benefits have to be 
paid to terminated employees and they are generally rolled over into the pension fund of their new employer. Since the Swiss Plan
assets are comingled with other plans' assets within the Foundation, the individual allocation of the assets cannot be determined. The 
Foundation typically invests in bonds, equities, mortgage and real estate. 

The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices.  The amounts recorded in the financial statements 
pertaining to our employee defined benefit plans could vary significantly if we were to use different assumptions. 

44 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Foreign Exchange 

Management  does  not  believe  that  the  fluctuation  in  the  value  of  the  dollar  in  relation  to  the  currencies  of  its  suppliers  or 
customers in the last three fiscal years had adversely affected our ability to purchase or sell products at agreed upon prices. No assurance 
can be given, however, that adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations will not occur in the future, which could significantly affect our 
operating results. As more manufacturing has shifted from Japan to the U.S. there will be increased foreign currency exposure to the 
Japanese yen.   We do not currently engage in hedging transactions to offset changes in currency or fluctuations in foreign currencies. 

Inflation 

Management believes inflation has not had a significant impact on our operations during the past three years. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See “Part II.   Item 8.   “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 – Organization and Description of Business and 

Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements ” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and foreign 

currency exchange rates. The Company manages its risks based on management’s judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risks, 
opportunity, and costs and does not generally enter into interest rate or foreign exchange rate hedge instruments.    

Interest rate risk.    As of January 3, 2014, STAAR had $4.8 million of foreign debt. Our $4.8 million of foreign debt bears an 
interest rate that is equal to the Tokyo short-term prime interest rate (approximately 1.475% as of January 3, 2014). Thus, our interest 
expense would fluctuate with any change in the prime interest rate. If the Tokyo prime rate were to increase or decrease by 1% for the 
year, our annual interest expense would increase or decrease by approximately $48,000. 

Foreign currency risk.    Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies in which we transact 
business  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  results.  Cost  of  goods  sold  and  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  that 
correspond with these sales are largely denominated in the same currency, thereby limiting our transaction risk exposure. 

Our international subsidiaries operate in and are net recipients of currencies other than the U.S. dollar and, as a result, our sales 
benefit from a weaker dollar and are reduced by a stronger dollar relative to major currencies worldwide (primarily, the Euro and the 
Japanese Yen).  Accordingly, changes in exchange rates, and particularly the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, may negatively affect our 
consolidated sales and gross profit as expressed in U.S. dollars.  Additionally, expenses of our Swiss subsidiary are largely denominated 
in Swiss Francs and a strong Swiss Franc negatively impacts our earnings. Fluctuations during any given reporting period result in the 
re-measurement of our foreign currency denominated cash, receivables, and payables, generating currency transaction gains or losses 
and are reported in total other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.    In the normal course of business, we also face 
risks that are either non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks include those set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Financial Statements and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed with this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K in a separate section following Part IV, as shown on the index under Item 15 of this Annual Report. 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

45  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of STAAR’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and 
Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”),  which  are  required  in  accordance  with  Rule  13a-14  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  This  “Controls  and  Procedures”  section  includes  information  concerning  the  controls  and  controls 
evaluation referred to in the certifications. The report of BDO USA, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, regarding 
its  audit  of  STAAR’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  follows  below.  This  section  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the 
certifications and the BDO USA, LLP report for a more complete understanding of the topics presented. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of 
our management, including our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures 
of the Company.  Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded, as of the end of the period covered by our Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended January 3, 2014, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  For purposes of this statement, the term 
“disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of the Company that are designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq) 
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure 
controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including 
its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There  was  no  change  during  the  fiscal  quarter  ended  January  3,  2014  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to 

materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management, including our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the  Company.  The 
Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors 
regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and 
may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Further,  because  of  changing  conditions,  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  may  vary  over  time.  The  Company’s  processes  contain  self-monitoring  mechanisms,  and  actions  are  taken  to  correct 
deficiencies as they are identified. 

The Company’s management including the CEO and CFO assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of January 3, 2014, based on the criteria for effective internal control described in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework  (1992) issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  its  assessment, 
management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 3, 2014. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
STAAR Surgical Company 
Monrovia, CA 

We  have  audited  STAAR  Surgical  Company  and  Subsidiaries’  (“Company”)  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
January  3,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in    Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). STAAR Surgical Company’s management is responsible 
for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.    

46  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention 
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 

financial reporting as of January 3, 2014, based on the COSO criteria . 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, and the 
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended January 3, 2014 and our report dated March 12, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 12, 2014 

Item 9B.  Other Information  

Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers: 

The  Compensation  Committee  engaged  the  Radford  group  as  its  compensation  consultant  to  evaluate  our  compensation 
philosophy  and  structure.   After  reviewing  Radford’s  evaluation  and  recommendations,  on  March  7,  2014,  as  part  of  the  annual 
executive performance review process, our Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board of Directors awarded, the following 
2014 salaries and bonus targets of certain executives:  Barry G. Caldwell, President and CEO, 2014 salary of $512,000, and bonus target 
of 75%, Stephen Brown, Vice President and CFO, 2014 salary of $305,000, and bonus target of 40%, Samuel Gesten, Vice President and 
General Counsel, 2014 salary of $323,000, and bonus target of 45%, Robin Hughes, Vice President, Research & Development and 
Regulatory, 2014 salary of $325,000, and bonus target of 40%, and James Francese, Vice President, Marketing, 2014 salary of $268,000, 
and bonus target of 40%. 

47  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One —Election of 
Directors ” contained in the proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of the fiscal year ended January 3, 2014. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One— Election of 

Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “General Information—Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  and  “Proposal  One—Election  of  Directors”  contained  in  the  Proxy 
Statement. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One— Election of 

Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal Three— Ratification of 

the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

48  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    

(1) 

(2) 

We have filed the following documents as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Schedules required by Regulation S-X are filed as an exhibit to this report: 
II. Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves 

Page 

F-2 
F-3 
F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-7 
F-8 

F-35 

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included. 

 (3)  Exhibits 

3.1 
3.2 
†4.3 
4.4 
†4.5 
10.3 

10.4 
10.5 
10.6 
10.7 

   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date.(1) 
   By-laws, as amended to date.(2) 
   1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan, adopted April 17, 1998.(3) 
   Form of Certificate for Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.(4) 
   Amended and Restated 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and form of Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.(5) 
   Indenture  of  Lease  dated  September 1,  1993,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  FKT  Associates  and  First  through  Third

Additions Thereto.(6) 

   Second Amendment to Indenture of Lease dated September 21, 1998, between the Company and FKT Associates.(6) 
   Third Amendment to Indenture of Lease dated October 13, 2003, by and between the Company and FKT Associates.(7) 
   Fourth Amendment to Indenture of Lease dated September 30, 2006, by and between the Company and FKT Associates.(1)
   Indenture of Lease dated October 20, 1983, between the Company and Dale E. Turner and Francis R. Turner and First through

Fifth Additions Thereto.(8) 

10.8 

   Sixth Lease Addition to Indenture of Lease dated October 13, 2003, by and between the Company and Turner Trust UTD Dale 

E. Turner March 28, 1984.(7) 

10.9 

   Seventh Lease Addition to Indenture of Lease dated September 30, 2006, by and between the Company and Turner Trust UTD

Dale E. Turner March 28, 1984.(1) 

10.10 

   Amendment  No. 1  to  Standard  Industrial/Commercial  Multi-Tenant  Lease  dated  January 3,  2003,  by  and  between  the

Company and California Rosen LLC.(7) 

10.11 
10.12 

   Lease Agreement dated July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari and Schwab AG/SA.(9) 
   Supplement #1 dated July 10, 1995, to the Lease Agreement of July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari 

and Schwab AG/SA.(9) 

10.13 

   Supplement #2 dated August 2, 1999, to the Lease Agreement of July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari 

and Schwab AG/SA.(9) 

10.20 

   Patent  License  Agreement,  dated  January 1,  1996,  with  Eye  Microsurgery  Intersectoral  Research  and  Technology

Complex.(10) 

†10.42     Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain officers and directors.(9) 
10.59 

   Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi Tenant Lease — Gross dated October 6, 2005, entered into between the Company and 

Z & M LLC.(11) 

10.64 
   Warrant Agreement between STAAR Surgical Company and Broadwood Partners, L.P., dated March 21, 2007.(12) 
†10.66     Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Barry G. Caldwell, dated as of November 27, 2007.(13)

10.69 

   Warrant Agreement between STAAR Surgical Company and Broadwood Partners, L.P., dated December 14, 2007.(14) 

49  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
†10.70 

   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Barry G. Caldwell, dated

December 31, 2008.(15) 

†10.76 
†10.77 

   Employment Agreement effective November 22, 2002 by and between the Company and Deborah Andrews.(16) 
   Letter of the Company dated April 11, 2007 to Deborah Andrews, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, regarding

compensation.(16) 

10.80 
10.81 
10.82 

   Credit Agreement between STAAR Japan Inc. and Mizuho Bank Inc., dated October 31, 2007.(17) 
   Amended Credit Agreement between STAAR Japan Inc. and Mizuho Bank Ltd., dated June 30, 2009.(17) 
   Basic Agreement on Unsterilized Intraocular Lens Sales Transactions between Canon Staar Co., Inc. and Nidek Co., Ltd., 

dated May 23, 2005.(18) 

10.83 

   Basic Agreement on Injector Product Sales Transactions between Canon Staar Co., Inc. and Nidek Co., Ltd., dated May

23, 2005.(18) 

10.84 

   Memorandum of Understanding Concerning Basic Agreements for Purchase and Sale between STAAR Japan Inc. and

Nidek Co., Ltd., dated December 25, 2008.(18) 

10.85 

   Acrylic  Preset  supply  Warranty  Agreement  between  STAAR  Japan  Inc.  and  Nidek  Co.,  Ltd.,  dated  December 25, 

2008.(18) 

10.86 
†10.88 
†10.89 
10.90 

   Framework Agreement for Loans between Credit Suisse and STAAR Surgical AG, dated August 12, 2010. (19) 
   Form of Executive Severance Agreement.(20) 
   Form of Executive Change In Control Agreement.(20) 
   Standard Industrial/Commercial Single – Tenant Lease – Net dated August 17 , 2012, by and between the Company and

Pacific Equity Partners, LLC.(21) 

†10.91 

   Letter  of  the  Company  dated  March  27,  2012  to  Samuel  Gesten,  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel,  regarding 

compensation.(23) 

†10.92 

   Letter  of  the  Company  dated  August  10,  2012  to  James  Francese,  Vice  President,  Global  Marketing,  regarding

compensation. (23) 

10.93 
†10.94 

   Amended Credit Agreement between STAAR Japan Inc. and Mizuho Bank Ltd., dated December 28, 2012. (23) 
   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Barry

G. Caldwell, dated December 7, 2012. (23) 

†10.95 

   Letter of the Company dated May 8, 2007 to Robin S. Hughes, Vice President of Marketing, regarding compensation. 

(23) 

†10.96 

   Letter of the Company dated August 7, 2013 to Stephen Brown, Vice President of Finance, and Chief Financial Officer,

regarding compensation.(22) 

†10.97 
14.1 
21.1 
23.1 
31.1 

   Form of Restricted Stock Unit award agreement.* 
   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.(9) 
   List of Subsidiaries.* 
   Consent of BDO USA, LLP.* 
   Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

31.2 

   Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32.1 

   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

* 
†  
# 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Filed herewith 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement  
All schedules and or exhibits have been omitted. Any omitted schedule or exhibit will be furnished supplementally to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 28, 2007, as filed on 
March 12, 2008. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on May 23, 2006. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 29, 1998, 
filed on May 1, 1998. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A, as 
filed on April 18, 2003. 
 Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 13, 2013, 
filed with the Commission on March 26, 2013. 

50  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(11) 

(12) 
(13) 
(14) 
(15) 
(16) 
(17) 

(18) 
(19) 

(20) 

(21) 
(22) 
(23) 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2000, as filed 
on March 9, 2001. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 2, 2004, as filed on 
March 17, 2004. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 2, 1998, as filed 
on April 1, 1998. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended June 29, 2012, as filed 
on August 8, 2012. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 1997, as filed on 
April 2, 1997. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2000, as filed 
on March 28, 2002. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005, as 
filed on November 9, 2005. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on form 8-K filed on March 21, 2007. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2007. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on form 8-K filed on December 17, 2007. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 2, 2009, as filed 
on November 12, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2010. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2010, as filed 
on November 10, 2010. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2011, as 
filed on November 2, 2011. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K files on August 23, 2012. 
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 9, 2013.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2012, as filed 
on March 12, 2013. 

51    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 12, 2014 

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY 

By: 

 /s/   Barry G. Caldwell 
Barry G. Caldwell 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

Title 

Date 

/s/   Barry G. Caldwell 
Barry G. Caldwell 

/s/   Stephen P. Brown 
Stephen P. Brown 

/s/   Mark B. Logan 
Mark B. Logan 

/s/   John C. Moore 
John C. Moore 

/s/   Richard A. Meier 
Richard A. Meier 

/s/   Don Bailey 
Don Bailey 

/s/   Charles Slacik 
Charles Slacik 

/s/   Kathryn Tunstall 
Kathryn Tunstall 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(principal executive officer) 

   March 12, 2014 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(principal accounting and financial officer) 

   March 12, 2014 

Chairman of the Board, Director 

   March 12, 2014 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

   March 12, 2014 

   March 12, 2014 

   March 12, 2014 

   March 12, 2014 

   March 12, 2014 

52  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and 

December 30, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 

28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, 

and December 30, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and 

December 30, 2011 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 

F-8 

F-35 

F-1 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
STAAR Surgical Company 
Monrovia, CA 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2014. In connection with our audits of the 
consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the consolidated financial schedule listed in Item 15.   These financial statements 
and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial 
statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial 
statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for 
our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of  STAAR  Surgical  Company  and  Subsidiaries  as  of  January  3,  2014  and  December  28,  2012,  and  the  consolidated  results  of  its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated 

financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of January 3, 2014, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
and our report dated March 12, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 12, 2014 

F-2  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable trade, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaids, deposits and other current assets 
Deferred income taxes 
Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill 
Deferred income taxes 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 
Line of credit 
Accounts payable 
Deferred income taxes 
Obligations under capital leases 
Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Obligations under capital leases 
Deferred income taxes 
Asset retirement obligations 
Pension liability 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 60,000 shares authorized: 
       37,911 and 36,423 shares issued and outstanding at January 3, 
       2014 and December 28, 2012, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Accumulated deficit 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013 

2012 

(In thousands, except 
par value amounts) 

22,954    $ 
10,731   
12,514   
3,503   
373   
50,075   
7,405   
1,380   
1,786   
626   
659   
61,931    $ 

4,750    $ 
6,263   
739   
288   
6,372   
18,412   
141   
1,654   
157   
2,715   
23,079   

21,675  
8,543  
11,673  
2,183  
—  
44,074  
5,439  
2,142  
1,786  
187  
1,131  
54,759  

5,850  
5,129  
439  
829  
5,702  
17,949  
488  
885  
707  
2,988  
23,017  

379 

170,246   
282   
(132,055)  
38,852   
61,931    $ 

364

162,251  
1,580  
(132,453) 
31,742  
54,759  

  $ 

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
   
  
 
    
   
  
 
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
   
  
 
    
   
  
 
    
   
  
 
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
 
    
   
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses: 

General and administrative 
Marketing and selling 
Research and development 
Medical device excise tax 
Other general and administrative expenses 

Operating income (loss) 

Other income (expense): 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Gain on foreign currency transactions 
Other income, net 

Other income (expense), net 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share – basic 
Net income (loss) per share – diluted 

2013 

2012 

2011 

(In thousands, 
except per share amounts) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

72,215    $ 
21,906      
50,309      

16,568      
23,888      
6,708      
203      
2,242      
700      

59      
(170)     
39      
486      
414      
1,114      
716      
398    $ 

0.01    $ 
0.01    $ 

63,783    $ 
19,492      
44,291      

15,150      
21,281      
6,444      
—      
2,636      
(1,220)     

59      
(291)     
111      
822      
701      
(519)     
1,244      
(1,763)   $ 

(0.05)   $ 
(0.05)   $ 

62,765  
20,396  
42,369  

14,932  
17,726  
5,868  
—  
1,060  
2,783  

32  
(523) 
86  
326  
(79) 
2,704  
1,356  
1,348  

0.04  
0.04  

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic 
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted 

36,706      
38,607      

36,253      
36,253      

35,434  
36,878  

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
      
      
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
      
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
      
      
 
  
    
      
      
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
Years Ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax 
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Comprehensive income (loss) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

(In thousands) 

  $ 

398   $ 

(1,763)  $ 

1,348  

(1,327)    
29     
(1,298)    
(900)  $ 

(689)    
(136)    
(825)    
(2,588)  $ 

211  
94  
305  
1,653  

  $ 

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

(In thousands) 

Balance, at December 31, 2010 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Common stock issued upon exercise of options 
Stock-based compensation 
Vested restricted stock 

Balance, at December 30, 2011 

Net loss 
Other comprehensive loss 

Common stock issued upon exercise of options 
Stock-based compensation 
Vested restricted stock 

Balance, at December 28, 2012 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 

Common stock issued upon exercise of options 

Common stock issued upon cashless exercise of warrants 
Stock-based compensation 
Unvested restricted stock 
Vested restricted stock 

Balance, at January 3, 2014 

Common 
  Stock 
  Shares 

Common 
  Stock 
  Par 
  Value 

Additional 
  Paid-In 
  Capital 

Accumulated 
  Other 
  Comprehensive 
  Income 
  (AOCI) 

Retained 
  Earnings 
  (Accumulated
  Deficit) 

35,084    $ 
—   
—   
851   
—   
106   
36,041   
—   
—   
324   
—   
58   
36,423   
—   
—   
645   
485   

341   
17   
37,911    $ 

351    $ 
—   
—   
9   
—   
1   
361   
—   
—   
3   
—   
—   
364   
—   
—   
7   
5   
—   
3   
—   
379    $ 

152,014    $ 
—   
—   
3,334   
2,035   
(1)  
157,382   
—   
—   
1,511   
3,358   
—   
162,251   
—   
—   
3,279   
(5)  
4,721   
—   
—   
170,246    $ 

2,100     $ 
—    
305    
—    
—    
—    
2,405    
—    
(825)  
—    
—    
—    
1,580    

(1,298)  
—    
—   
—   
—   
—    
282     $ 

(132,038)   $ 
1,348   
—   
—   
—   
—   
(130,690)  
(1,763)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
(132,453)  
398   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

(132,055)   $ 

Total 

22,427   
1,348   
305   
3,343   
2,035   
—   
29,458   
(1,763)  
(825)  
1,514   
3,358   
—   
31,742   
398   
(1,298)  
3,286   
—   
4,721   
3   
—   
38,852   

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 
       operating activities: 

2013 

2012 
(In thousands) 

2011 

  $ 

398   $ 

(1,763)  $ 

1,348  

Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of intangibles 
Deferred income taxes 
Fair value adjustment of warrant 
Change in net pension liability 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Accretion of asset retirement obligation 
Provision for sales return and bad debt 

Changes in working capital: 

Accounts receivable trade, net 
Inventories 
Prepaids, deposits and other current assets 
Accounts payable 
Other current liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of property and equipment 
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment 
Net change in other noncurrent assets 
Decrease in restricted cash, including reinvested interest 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Borrowings under lines of credit 
Repayment of capital lease lines of credit 
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
Net cash provided by financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year 

  $ 

1,711     
440     
104     
(27)    
162     
200     
4,489     
10     
263     

(2,938)    
(1,603)    
(1,063)    
367     
842     
3,355     

(3,448)    
—     
—     
—     
(3,448)    

—     
(841)    
3,286     
2,445     
(1,073)    
1,279     
21,675     
22,954   $ 

1,309     
652     
143     
(335)    
205     
131     
3,208     
16     
77     

224     
(1,020)    
(298)    
1,014     
(346)    
3,217    

(2,271)    
—     
(4)    
129     
(2,146)    

3,510     
(741)    
1,514     
4,283     
(261)    
5,093     
16,582     
21,675   $ 

1,469  
797  
367  
117  
257  
13  
1,914  
—  
(320) 

(435) 
(85) 
(145) 
480  
(431) 
5,346  

(962) 
26  
47  
—  
(889) 

—  
(575) 
3,343  
2,768  
(19) 
7,206  
9,376  
16,582  

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
     
     
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 1 — Organization and Description of Business and Accounting Policies 

Organization and Description of Business 

STAAR Surgical Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in 1982 for the purpose 
of developing, producing, and marketing intraocular lenses (“IOLs”) and other products for minimally invasive ophthalmic surgery. 
Principal products are IOLs and implantable Collamer lenses (“ICLs”).  IOLs are prosthetic intraocular lenses used to restore vision that 
has been adversely affected by cataracts, and include the Company’s lines of silicone and Collamer IOLs and the Preloaded Injector (a 
silicone or acrylic IOL preloaded into a single-use disposable injector).  ICLs, consisting of the Company’s ICL and Toric implantable 
collamer  lenses  (“TICL”),  are  intraocular  lenses  used  to  correct  refractive  conditions  such  as  myopia  (near-sightedness),  hyperopia 
(far-sightedness) and astigmatism. 

As of January 3, 2014, the Company’s significant subsidiaries consisted of: 

⊕ 

⊕ 

STAAR Surgical AG, a wholly owned subsidiary formed in Switzerland to develop, manufacture and distribute certain of 
the Company’s products worldwide including ICLs. 
STAAR Japan, a wholly owned subsidiary that markets and distributes Preloaded IOLs and ICLs. 

The Company operates as one operating segment, the ophthalmic surgical market, for financial reporting purposes (see Note 16). 

Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of STAAR Surgical and its wholly-owned subsidiaries 
and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All 
significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. 

Fiscal Year and Interim Reporting Periods 

The  Company’s  fiscal  year  ends  on  the  Friday  nearest  December  31  and  each  of  the  Company’s  quarterly  reporting  periods 
generally consists of 13 weeks.  Fiscal year 2013 is based on a 53-week period, while fiscal years 2012 and 2011 are based on a 52-week 
period. 

Foreign Currency 

The  functional  currency  of  the  Company  and  its  Japanese  subsidiary  is  the  local  currency.  The  functional  currency  of  the 
Company’s Swiss subsidiary, STAAR Surgical AG, is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at rates 
of exchange in effect at the close of the period. Sales and expenses are translated at the weighted average of exchange rates in effect 
during the period. The resulting translation gains and losses are deferred and are shown as a separate component in the Consolidated 
Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss).  During  2013  and  2012, the  net  foreign  translation  losses  were  $1,327,000 
and $689,000, respectively, and in 2011 a net foreign translation gain of $211,000. Net foreign currency transaction gains, included in 
the consolidated statements of operations under other income (expense) were, $39,000, $111,000, and $86,000, respectively. 

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  realized  or  realizable  and  earned,  which  is  when  the  following  criteria  are  met: 
persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred;  the  sale  price  is  fixed  or  determinable;  and  collectability  is 
reasonably  assured.  The  Company  records  revenue  from  non-consignment product  sales when  title  and risk  of  ownership has been 
transferred, which is typically at shipping point, except for the STAAR Japan subsidiary, which is typically recognized when the product 
is received by the customer.  STAAR Japan does not have significant deferred revenues as of January 3, 2014 as delivery to the customer 
is generally made within the same or the next day of shipment. The Company presents sales tax it collects from its customers on a net 
basis (excluded from revenues). 

F-8  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The  Company’s  products  are  marketed  to  ophthalmic  surgeons,  hospitals,  ambulatory  surgery  centers  or  vision  centers,  and 
distributors. IOLs may be offered to surgeons and hospitals on a consignment basis.  The Company maintains title and risk of loss of 
consigned inventory and recognizes revenue for consignment inventory when the Company is notified that the IOL has been implanted. 

ICLs are sold only to certified surgeons who have completed requisite training or for use in scheduled training surgeries. As a 
result, STAAR partially mitigates the risk that the revenue it recognizes on shipment of ICLs would need to be reversed because of a 
surgeon’s failure to qualify for its use. 

The Company sells certain injector parts to an unrelated customer and supplier (collectively referred to as “supplier”) whereby 
these injector part sales are either made as a final sale to the supplier or, are sold to be reprocessed by the supplier into finished goods 
inventory (a preloaded acrylic IOL). These finished goods are then sold back to the Company at an agreed upon, contractual price. The 
Company makes a profit margin on either type of sale with the supplier and each type of sale is made under separate purchase and sales 
orders between the two parties resulting in cash settlement for the orders sold or repurchased. For parts that are sold as a final sale, the 
Company recognizes a sale consistent with its routine revenue recognition policies as disclosed in Note 1 and those sales are included as 
part of other sales in total net sales. For the injector parts that are sold to be reprocessed into finished goods, the Company does not 
recognize  revenue  on  these  sales  in  accordance  with  ASC  845-10,  Purchases  and  Sales  of  Inventory  with  the  Same  Counterparty.   
Instead, the Company records the transaction at its carrying value, deferring any profit margin in inventory, until the finished good 
inventory is sold to an end-customer (not the supplier) at which point the Company records the sale and the related cost of sale, including 
the release of the deferred cost of sale in inventory, related to these finished goods. 

For all sales, the Company is considered the principal in the transaction as the Company, among other factors, is the primary 
obligor  in  the  arrangement,  bears  general  inventory  risk,  credit  risk,  has  latitude  in  establishing  the  sales  price,  is responsible  for 
authorized and general sales returns risk and therefore, sales and cost of sales are reported separately in the statement of operations 
instead of a single, net amount.  Cost of sales includes cost of production, freight and distribution, royalties, and inventory provisions, 
net of any purchase discounts. 

The Company generally permits returns of product if the product is returned within the time allowed by its return policies and 
records an allowance for estimated returns at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s allowance for estimated returns considers 
historical trends and experience, the impact of new product launches, the entry of a competitor, availability of timely and pertinent 
information  and  the  various  terms  and  arrangements  offered,  including  sales  with  extended  credit  terms.  Sales  are  reported  net  of 
estimated returns. 

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based on customer payment history 
and credit worthiness, as determined by the Company’s review of its customers’ current credit information.  The Company continuously 
monitors collections and payments from customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses and uncollectible accounts 
based upon its historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.  Amounts determined to be 
uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. 

Use of Estimates 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on significant estimates and judgments of management with consideration 
given  to  materiality.  significant  estimates  used  include  determining  valuation  allowances  for  uncollectible  trade  receivables,  sales 
returns reserves, obsolete and excess inventory, deferred income taxes, and tax reserves, including valuation allowances for deferred tax 
assets,  pension  liabilities,  evaluation of  asset  impairment,  in  determining the  useful  life  of depreciable  and  definite-lived  intangible 
assets,  and  in  the  variables  and  assumptions used  to  calculate  and  record stock-based  compensation.  Actual  results  could  differ 
materially from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 
The Company maintains cash deposits with major banks which from time to time may exceed federally insured limits. The Company 
periodically assesses the financial condition of the institutions and believes that the risk of any loss is minimal. 

F-9  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Concentration of Credit Risk and Revenues 

Financial  instruments  that potentially  subject  the  Company  to  credit  risk  principally  consist of  trade receivables.  This  risk  is 
limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base, and their geographic dispersion. As of January 
3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, there were no customers with trade receivables balances that represented 10% or more of consolidated 
trade receivables. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition are performed and, generally, no collateral is required. 
The  Company  maintains  reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  and  such  losses,  in  the  aggregate,  have  not  exceeded  management’s 
expectations.  

A single customer has accounted for 11%, 11%, and 13% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in each of the last three fiscal 

years, respectively. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy 
prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 – Inputs  to  the valuation  methodology  are quoted prices (unadjusted)  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  in
active markets. 
Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets,
and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of
the financial instruments. 
Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable; that reflect management’s own assumptions about
the assumptions market participants would make and significant to the fair value. 

The carrying values reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaids 
and other current assets, accounts payable, other current liabilities and line of credit approximate their fair values because of the short 
maturity of these instruments. 

Inventories, Net 

Inventories, net are valued at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. Inventories include the costs of 
raw  material,  labor,  and  manufacturing  overhead,  work  in  process  and  finished  goods.  The  Company  provides  estimated  inventory 
allowances for  excess, expiring,  slow  moving  and  obsolete  inventory  as  well  as  inventory whose  carrying  value  is in  excess  of net 
realizable value to properly reflect inventory at the lower of cost or market. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.  Depreciation  on  property,  plant,  and  equipment  is  computed  using  the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as noted below. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser 
of  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  or  the  related  lease  term.  Major  improvements  are  capitalized  and  minor  replacements, 
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. 

Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets: 

Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and equipment 
Computer and peripherals 
Leasehold improvements 

5-10 years 
3-7 years 
2-5 years 
(a) 

 (a)  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the term of the associated leases. 

F-10  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Goodwill 

Goodwill, which has an indefinite life, is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment on an annual basis or between annual 
tests  if  an  event  occurs  or  circumstances  change  that  would  indicate  the  carrying  amount  may  be  impaired.  Impairment  testing  for 
goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. Reporting units can be one level below the operating segment level, and can be combined 
when reporting units within the same operating segment have similar economic characteristics. The Company has determined that its 
reporting  units  have  similar  economic  characteristics,  and  therefore,  can  be  combined  into  one  reporting  unit  for  the  purposes  of 
goodwill impairment testing. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 and 2012, the Company performed its annual impairment test and 
determined that its goodwill was not impaired.  As of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, the carrying value of goodwill was $1.8 
million. 

Long-Lived Assets 

 The Company reviews property and equipment and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure recoverability of these assets by 
comparing the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate. When 
the  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  are  less  than  their  carrying  amount,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  equal  to  the 
difference between the assets’ fair value and their carrying value. A review of long lived assets was conducted as of January 3, 2014 and 
no impairment was identified. 

Amortization is computed on the straight-line basis, which is the Company’s best estimate of the pattern of economic benefits 
over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from 3 to 20 years for patents, certain acquired rights and licenses, 10 years for 
customer relationships, and 3 to 10 years for developed technology. 

Research and Development Costs 

Expenditures for research activities relating to product development and improvement are charged to expense as incurred. 

Advertising Cost 

Advertising  costs,  which  are  included  in  marketing  and selling  expenses,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Advertising  costs  were 

$2,100,000, $1,810,000, and $1,306,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Income Taxes 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and 
the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, net operating loss and credit carryforwards, and uncertainty in income taxes, on a 
jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Valuation allowances, or reductions to deferred tax assets, are recognized if, based on the weight of 
available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset may not be realized or realizable in the 
jurisdiction in which they arise. The impact on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, are applied to the years during 
which temporary differences are expected to be settled and reflected in the financial statements in the period of enactment. 

The Company recognizes the income tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that, based on 
technical  merits,  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including  resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation 
processes.   The amount of tax benefit recorded, if any, is limited to the amount that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon 
settlement with the taxing authority (that has full knowledge of all relevant information). Accrued interest, if any, related to uncertain tax 
positions is included as a component of income tax expense, and penalties, if incurred, are recognized as a component of operating 
income or loss.   The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions as of any of the periods presented.   The Company did not incur 
significant interest and penalties for any period presented. 

F-11  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share 

The Company has only one class of common stock and no participating securities which would require the two-class method of 
calculating basic earnings per share.   Basic per share information is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average 
number  of  shares  outstanding,  net  of  unvested  restricted  stock,  during  the  period.   Diluted  per  share  information  is  calculated  by 
dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive common 
stock, which are comprised of outstanding warrants, stock options, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units, during the period, 
using the treasury-stock method. 

Employee Defined Benefit Plans 

The Company maintains a passive pension plan (the “Swiss Plan”) covering employees of its Swiss subsidiary.  The Swiss Plan 

conforms to the features of a defined benefit plan.  

The Company also maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of the employees of 

STAAR Japan. 

The  Company  recognizes  the  funded  status,  or  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected  benefit 
obligations  of  the  pension  plan  on  the  statement  of  financial  position,  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income. If the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, then that difference or unfunded status 
represents  the  pension  liability.  The  Company  records  a  net  periodic  pension  cost  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations. The 
liabilities and annual income or expense of both plans are determined using methodologies that involve several actuarial assumptions, 
the most significant of which are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of asset return (asset returns and fair-value of plan 
assets are applicable for the Swiss Plan only). The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices (see Note 
10). 

Stock Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted is based on the grant-date fair value. The 
Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally 
the option vesting term of three to four years (see Note 11). 

The Company also issues restricted stock to its executive officers and Board of Directors (the Board), which are restricted and 
unvested common shares issued at fair market value on the date of grant. For the restricted shares issued to the Board, the restricted stock 
vests over a one-year service period and are subject to forfeiture (or acceleration, depending upon the circumstances) until vested or the 
service period is completed.  The Company has also issued performance accelerated restricted stock (PARS) to its executive officers 
which carry a three year service condition and a performance condition such that if the Company meets or exceeds certain predetermined 
performance metrics set by the Directors, up to one third of the grant vesting may be accelerated annually.   If the performance metrics 
are not achieved, the restricted stock vests after three years.   Restricted stock compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line 
basis over the requisite service period of one to three years for the Board and PARS grants, respectively, based on the grant-date fair 
value of the stock.   Restricted stock is considered legally issued and outstanding on the grant date (see Notes 11 and 15). 

The  Company  issues  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  under  the  2013  RSU  Plan  (see  Note  11),  which  is  a  performance 
contingent restricted stock award based upon the Company exceeding an internally established annual revenue target which is above the 
established annual revenue plan.   The RSUs contain both a performance and a service condition such that they vest after calculating the 
total financial performance for fiscal year 2013, at which time, if the internally established revenue target is met or exceeded and the 
grantee is still employed with the Company on the measurement date, which is one year after the grant date, the RSUs will become fully 
vested.   The  Company  recognizes  compensation  cost for  the  RSUs  if  and when  the  Company  concludes  that  it  is probable  that  the 
performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, over the requisite service period based on the 
grant-date fair value of the stock.   The Company reassesses the probability of vesting at each reporting period and adjusts compensation 
cost based on its probability assessment. 

F-12  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Once the RSUs are vested, equivalent common shares will be issued or issuable to the grantee and therefore the RSUs are not 

included in total common shares issued and outstanding until vested (see Notes 11 and 15). 

The Company accounts for  options granted to persons other than employees and directors under Equity –Based Payments to 
Non-Employees. The fair value of such options is re-measured each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and 
income or expense is recognized over the vesting period for changes to the fair value for the unvested options.   As the options vest, no 
such re-measurement is necessary or performed. 

Accounting for Warrants 

The  Company  has  issued  certain  warrants  under  an  agreement  that  expressly  provides  that  if  the  Company  fails  to  satisfy 
continuous registration requirements the Company will be obligated only to issue additional common stock as the holder’s sole remedy, 
with no possibility of settlement in cash. The Company accounts for these warrants as equity because additional shares are the only form 
of settlement available to the holder. These warrants are only valued on the issuance date and not subsequently revalued. The Company 
uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the valuation model to estimate the fair value of all warrants.  See Note 11. 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in two separate but not consecutive consolidated financial statements, the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss).  Total  comprehensive 
income  (loss)  includes,  in  addition  to  net  income  (loss),  changes  in  equity  that  are  excluded  from  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and are recorded directly into a separate section of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. The following 
table summarizes the changes in the accumulated balances for each component of AOCI attributable to the Company for the years ended 
January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012 and December 30, 2011 (in thousands): 
Defined 
  Benefit 
  Pension Plan- 
  Japan 

Accumulated 
  Other 
  Comprehensive 
  Income 

Defined 
  Benefit 
  Pension Plan- 
  Switzerland 

Foreign 
  Currency 
  Translation  

Balance, December 31, 2010 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Tax effect 
Balance, December 30, 2011 
Other comprehensive loss 
Tax effect 
Balance, December 28, 2012 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Tax effect 
Balance, January 3, 2014 

   $ 

   $ 

2,584   $ 
211     
-     
2,795     
(689)    
-     
2,106     
(861)    
(466)    
779   $ 

642   $ 
(219)    
-     
423     
(127)    
-     
296     
(126)    
(63)    
107   $ 

(1,126)   $ 
403      
(90)     
(813)     
(11)     
2      
(822)     
280      
(62)     
(604)   $ 

2,100  
395  
(90) 
2,405  
(827) 
2  
1,580  
(707) 
(591) 
282  

Prior Year Reclassifications 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior financial statement information to conform to current presentation. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  July  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-11,  “Presentation  of  an  Unrecognized  Tax  Benefit  When  a  Net  Operating  Loss 
Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (Topic 740)” (ASU 2013-11), which states that an unrecognized 
tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax 
asset  for  a  net  operating  loss  carryforward,  a  similar  tax  loss,  or  a  tax  credit  carryforward.   To  the  extent  a  net  operating  loss 
carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the 

F-13  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the 
applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the 
unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax 
assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that 
exist  at  the  reporting  date  and  should  be  made  presuming  disallowance  of  the  tax  position  at  the  reporting  date.   ASU  2013-11  is 
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company plans to adopt this 
guidance during its quarter ending March 28, 2014 and is assessing the impact, if any, to the consolidated financial statements. 

In  March  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-05,  “Parent’s  Accounting  for  the  Cumulative  Translation  Adjustment  upon 
Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or an investment in a Foreign Entity (Topic 830)” 
(ASU 2013-05), which provides guidance on releasing cumulative translation adjustments when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to 
have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity.   In 
addition, these amendments provide guidance on the release of cumulative translation adjustments in partial sales of equity method 
investments and in step acquisitions.   This new guidance is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years and interim reporting periods 
beginning  after  December 15,  2013.  The  amendments  should  be  applied  prospectively  to  derecognition  events  occurring  after  the 
effective date.   Prior periods should not be adjusted and early adoption is permitted.   The Company plans to adopt this guidance during 
its quarter ending April 4, 2014 and does not expect the adoption to have any significant impact to its consolidated financial statements.   

Note 2 — Accounts Receivable Trade, Net 

Accounts receivable trade, net consisted of the following at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Domestic 
Foreign 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns 

Note 3 — Inventories, Net 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

2,135   $ 
10,045     
12,180     
1,449     
10,731   $ 

1,222  
8,637  
9,859  
1,316  
8,543  

Inventories, net consisted of the following at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Raw materials and purchased parts 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

Less inventory reserves 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

1,367    $ 
913      
11,029      
13,309      
795      
12,514    $ 

1,946  
1,318  
8,945  
12,209  
536  
11,673  

Note 4 — Prepaids, Deposits, and Other Current Assets 

Prepaids, deposits, and other current assets consisted of the following January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Prepaids and deposits 
Value added tax (VAT) receivable 
Deferred charge for foreign profits 
Other current assets 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

2,157    $ 
618      
362      
366      
3,503    $ 

1,672  
307  
—  
204  
2,183  

F-14  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 5 — Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 

Less accumulated depreciation 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

16,225    $ 
4,837      
6,552      
27,614      
20,209      
7,405    $ 

14,734  
3,483  
5,281  
23,498  
18,059  
5,439  

Depreciation expense for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, was approximately $1.7 

million, $1.3 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. 

Note 6 – Intangible Assets, Net 

Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

January 3, 2014 

December 28, 2012 

Gross 
  Carrying 
  Amount 

Accumulated
  Amortization  

Net 

Gross 
  Carrying 
  Amount 

Accumulated
  Amortization  

Net 

Amortized intangible assets: 
Patents and licenses 
Customer relationships 
Developed technology 
Total 

   $ 

   $ 

10,637    $ 
1,490      
947      
13,074    $ 

(10,057)   $ 
(894)     
(743)     
(11,694)   $ 

580    $ 
596      
204      
1,380    $ 

10,786    $ 
1,835      
1,166      
13,787    $ 

(9,875)   $ 
(917)  
(853)  
(11,645)   $ 

911  
918  
313  
2,142  

Aggregate  amortization  expense  for  amortized  intangible  assets  was  $440,000,  $652,000,  and  $797,000,  for  the  years  ended 

January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, respectively. 

The following table shows estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five succeeding years and 

thereafter (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 
Total 

Amount 

374   
241   
239   
235   
36   
255   
1,380   

  $ 

  $ 

F-15  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 7 — Other Current Liabilities 

Other current liabilities consisted of the following at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Accrued salaries and wages 
Accrued bonuses 
Accrued severance 
Accrued insurance 
Accrued commissions 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued audit expenses 
Customer credit balances 
Other(1) 

2013 

2012 

1,630    $ 
935      
731      
551      
528      
485      
328      
153      
1,031      
6,372    $ 

1,950   
500   
499   
515   
107   
451   
396   
324   
960   
5,702   

  $ 

  $ 

(1)No item in “Other” above exceeds 5% of total other current liabilities.  

Note 8 —Liabilities 

Lines of Credit 

The Company’s wholly owned Japanese subsidiary, STAAR Japan, has an agreement, as amended on December 28, 2012, with 
Mizuho Bank which provides for borrowings of up to 500,000,000 Yen, at an interest rate equal to the Tokyo short-term prime interest 
rate (approximately 1.475% as of January 3, 2014) and may be renewed annually (the current line expires on April 4, 2014).   The credit 
facility is not collateralized.  The Company had 500,000,000 Yen outstanding on the line of credit as of January 3, 2014 and December 
28, 2012, (approximately $4.8 million and $5.8 million based on the foreign exchange rates on January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, 
respectively) which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity and market interest rates of the line of credit.  In case of 
default, the interest rate will be increased to 14% per annum. As of January 3, 2014, there were no available borrowings under the line. 

In August 2010, the Company’s wholly-owned Swiss subsidiary, STAAR Surgical AG, entered into a credit agreement with 
Credit Suisse (the “Bank”). The credit agreement provides for borrowing of up to 1,000,000 CHF (Swiss Francs) ($1.1 million at the rate 
of  exchange  on  January  3,  2014),  to  be  used  for  working  capital  purposes.  Accrued  interest  and  0.25%  commissions  on  average 
outstanding borrowings is payable quarterly and the interest rate will be determined by the Bank based on the then prevailing market 
conditions at the time of borrowing. The credit agreement is automatically renewed on an annual basis based on the same terms assuming 
there  is  no  default.  The  credit  agreement  may  be  terminated  by  either  party  at  any  time  in  accordance  with  its  general  terms  and 
conditions. The credit facility is not collateralized and contains certain conditions such as providing the Bank with audited financial 
statements annually and notice of significant events or conditions, as defined in the credit agreement. The Bank may also declare all 
amounts  outstanding  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable  upon  a  change  of  control  or  a  material  qualification,  as  defined  in  the 
agreement, in STAAR Surgical independent auditors’ report. There were no borrowings outstanding as of January 3, 2014 and the full 
amount of the line was available for borrowing. 

Covenant Compliance 

The Company is in compliance with covenants of its credit facilities and lines of credit as of January 3, 2014. 

F-16  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Asset Retirement Obligation 

The Company recorded certain Asset Retirement Obligations (“ARO”), in accordance with ASC 410-20 in connection with the 
Company’s leased facilities in Japan that specifically relate to leasehold improvements made to the facility.   This liability arises from 
the  Company’s  obligation  to  return  the  facility  to  its  “original  condition”,  as  defined  in  the  lease  agreements.   The  Company  has 
recognized  the  fair  value  of  the  ARO  liability  obligation  included  in  noncurrent  liabilities.   During  2012,  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s decision to consolidate its manufacturing operations to the U.S. and close its Japanese manufacturing facility, which was 
completed in 2013, the Company obtained more current estimates of the costs to return the facility to its original condition as shown in 
the table below. The remaining ARO is for the existing offices under the current lease agreement expected to be settled upon expiration 
of the lease agreement in 2018. 

The following table describes all changes to the Company’s asset retirement obligation liability (in thousands): 

January 3, 
2014 

December 28, 
2012 

Asset retirement obligation at beginning of the year 
Increase (decrease) in estimated liabilities 
Liabilities settled 
Accretion expense 
Impact of changes in the Japanese Yen 
Asset retirement obligation at end of the year 

   $ 

   $ 

707    $ 
(221)     
(206)     
10      
(133)     
157    $ 

577   
169   
—   
15   
(54)  
707   

Note 9 — Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands): 

Current tax provision: 
U.S. federal (benefit) 
State 
Foreign 
Total current provision 
Deferred tax provision: 
U.S. federal and state 
Foreign provision 
Total deferred provision 
Provision for income taxes 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $ 

  $ 

(121)  $ 
12     
721     
612     

—     
104     
104     
716   $ 

—    $ 
11      
1,125      
1,136      

—      
108      
108      
1,244    $ 

—  
13  
1,012  
1,025  

—  
331  
331  
1,356  

As of January 3, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $121.7 million available to reduce future 
income taxes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2017 and 2032.  In California, the main 
state from which the Company conducts its domestic operations, the Company has state net operating losses of $70.5 million available to 
reduce future California income taxes. The California net operating loss carryfowards expire in varying amounts between 2014 and 2033 
and, approximately $14.6 million of those net operating loss carryforwards, will expire over the next three years   

The  Company  had  accrued  income  taxes  payable  of  $655,000  and  $1,034,000  at  January  3,  2014  and  December  28,  2012, 

respectively, primarily due to taxes from foreign jurisdictions. 

F-17     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
     
      
  
    
    
    
    
     
      
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The provision for income before taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income 

before taxes as follows (in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Computed provision for taxes 
based on income at statutory 
rate 
Increase (decrease) in taxes 
resulting from: 
Permanent differences 
State minimum taxes, net of 
federal income tax benefit 
Stock options 
State tax benefit 
Tax rate difference due to 
foreign statutory rate 
Foreign tax detriment (benefit)       
Foreign earnings not 
permanently reinvested 
Foreign dividend withholding 
Expiration of charitable 
contribution carryover 
Reserve 
Other 
Valuation allowance 
Effective tax provision rate 

34.0 % 

$

379

34.0 %

$

(176)

34.0 %

$

919

3.2   

0.7   
—   
6.4   

43.7   
—   

(7.7)  
12.5   

0.2   
(10.9)  
6.4   
(24.2)  
64.3 %     $

35    

8
—    
71    

487
—    

(86)
140    

2
(121)   
71    
(270)   
716    

(7.9)  

(1.4)  
(56.0)  
9.2   

(43.8)  
3.1   

(223.4)  
(22.1)  

(16.1)  
—   
1.1   
83.2   

(240.1)%   $

41      

1.4   

8 
290      
(48)     

227 
(16)     

1,158 

114      

83 
—      
(6)     
(431)     
1,244      

0.3   
—   
(4.3)  

(19.7)  
11.6   

29.1   
5.5   

—   
—   
1.4   
(9.2)  
50.1 %   $

37  

9
—  
(116) 

(529)
312  

788
147  

—
—  
37  
(248) 
1,356  

Included  in  the  state  tax  provision  for  2013  is  a  decrease  to  the  state  deferred  tax  asset  and  corresponding  decrease  to  the 
valuation allowance of $71,000. For 2012 and 2011, included in the state tax provision is an increase to the state deferred tax asset and 
corresponding increase to the valuation allowance of $48,000 and $116,000, respectively.  

Included  in  the  deferred  foreign  tax  provision  for  2013  is  decrease  to  the  foreign  deferred  tax  asset  of  $630,000  and 
corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance of $1,008,000. For 2012, there was an increase to the foreign deferred tax asset of 
$16,000 and corresponding increase to the valuation allowance. For 2011, there was an decrease to the foreign deferred tax asset and 
corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance of $312,000, respectively. 

All  earnings  from  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  are not  considered  to be permanently  reinvested.   Accordingly,  the Company 
provides withholding and U.S. taxes on all unremitted foreign earnings.   During 2013 and 2012 there were no withholding taxes paid to 
foreign jurisdictions and there were no earnings repatriated from foreign subsidiaries. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax 
assets (liabilities) as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 are as follows (in thousands): 

F-18  
  
  
  
 
  
 
     
  
   
 
     
 
 
     
   
  
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
     
   
 
  
 
 
     
     
    
    
     
  
  
   
 
  
     
 
  
 
     
     
    
    
     
     
    
    
     
  
  
   
 
  
     
 
  
 
     
    
    
     
  
  
   
 
  
     
 
  
 
     
     
    
    
     
  
  
   
 
  
     
 
  
 
     
     
    
    
     
     
    
    
     
     
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities): 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns 
Inventories 
Accrued vacation 
State taxes 
Accrued other expenses 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

Total current deferred tax liabilities 
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities): 

Net operating loss carryforwards 
Stock-based compensation 
Business, foreign and AMT credit carryforwards 
Capitalized R&D 
Contributions 
Pensions 
Depreciation and amortization 
Foreign tax withholding 
Foreign earnings not permanently reinvested 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

Total non-current deferred tax liabilities 

  $ 

21   $ 
11     
375     
—     
105     
(137)    
(741)    
(366)  $ 

50,409     
2,212     
921     
525     
57     
731     
360     
(1,129)    
(4,992)    
(40)    
(50,082)    
(1,028)  $ 

89  
190  
534  
3  
187  
(111) 
(1,331) 
(439) 

51,533  
1,602  
844  
605  
58  
877  
202  
(885) 
(5,783) 
11  
(49,762) 
(698) 

As of January 3, 2014, the Company had net deferred tax liabilities in Switzerland of $1,683,000 (which included $1,129,000 of 
withholding  taxes  on  unremitted  foreign  earnings)  and  net  deferred  tax  assets  of  $289,000  in  Japan  included  in  the  Company’s 
components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities table.   As of December 28, 2012, the Company had net deferred tax liabilities in 
Switzerland of $1,137,000 (which included $885,000 of withholding taxes on unremitted foreign earnings) included in the Company’s 
components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities table. 

Valuation allowance 

ASC 740 requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax 

asset may not be realizable. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. In evaluating the Company’s ability to 
recover the deferred tax assets within a jurisdiction from which they arise, management considers all available positive and negative 
evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies and results of 
recent  operations.  In  projecting  future  taxable  income,  the  Company  begins  with  historical  results  and  incorporates  assumptions 
including overall current and projected business and industry conditions, the amount of future federal, state, and foreign pretax operating 
income, the reversal of temporary differences and the successful implementation of feasible and prudent tax-planning strategies. These 
assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the 
Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company 
considers three years of cumulative operating results. Valuation allowances, or reductions to deferred tax assets, are recognized if, based 
on the weight of all the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset may not be realized. 

F-19  
  
 
  
 
    
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012  

U.S. Jurisdiction 

Due to the Company’s history of losses in the U.S., the valuation allowance fully offsets the value of U.S. deferred tax assets on 
the Company’s balance sheet as of January 3, 2014. Further, under Federal Tax Law Internal Revenue Code Section 382, significant 
changes in ownership may restrict the future utilization of these tax loss carry forwards. 

Foreign Jurisdictions 

STAAR Japan, Inc. 

STAAR  Surgical  Company  acquired  its  remaining  ownership  interest  in  STAAR  Japan  in  2008.  Based  on  management's 
assessment of all available evidence at the time, including STAAR Japan’s history of cumulative losses, the Company concluded it was 
more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would not be realized, and accordingly, a full valuation allowance was established. 
As of December 28, 2012, STAAR Japan’s valuation allowance was approximately $1.0 million. 

During 2011 and 2012, the Company was engaged in a global restructuring strategy to consolidate global manufacturing into the 
U.S. to reduce costs, improve gross profit, enable use of significant net operating loss carryforwards in the U.S., and reduce income taxes 
in foreign jurisdictions. At the time, the Company manufactured its products in four facilities, two located in the U.S., and one of each 
located  in  Switzerland  and  Japan.  Since  that  time,  the  Company  has  developed  and  begun  implementing  a  plan  to  consolidate  its 
manufacturing into a single site at its Monrovia, California location, to be substantially completed by the middle of 2014. During 2013, 
the Company completed the transfer of the manufacturing operations in Japan to the U.S. 

An important change in connection with this global restructuring strategy was the conversion of STAAR Japan from a traditional 
principal manufacturer with unlimited manufacturing and inventory risk to a limited-risk distributor, or LRD. As an LRD, STAAR Japan 
does not bear manufacturing risk and has limited risk of maintaining inventory. This conversion was accomplished by contractually 
shifting these risks from STAAR Japan to STAAR AG, another wholly owned subsidiary of STAAR, as part of this global restructuring 
strategy. 

STAAR Japan, although legally converted to an LRD at the end of 2012, continued to sell off its on-hand inventory from the end 
of 2012 through the first six months of 2013; consequently, it retained that inventory risk and functioned substantively as a principal 
entrepreneur during that period. Beginning in the third quarter of 2013, STAAR Japan began to operate as an LRD, both legally and 
economically, for STAAR AG. STAAR AG contractually assumed full principal manufacturing responsibility for its LRD (STAAR 
Japan), thereby allowing STAAR Japan to completely transfer the risks of being a principal manufacturer to STAAR AG. As a result of 
this change to an LRD, in the normal course of business, STAAR Japan no longer bears the risks of manufacturing its inventory and 
operates as a limited-risk distributor for STAAR AG. STAAR AG has engaged STAAR U.S. as its contract manufacturer for all of 
STAAR AG’s territory, including for Japan and China. Also, beginning in the third quarter of 2013, STAAR AG began selling inventory 
to STAAR Japan in order for STAAR Japan to market and distribute the products in its territory, principally in Japan and China, as an 
LRD. As a limited-risk distributor, STAAR Japan is contractually guaranteed to earn a fixed return on its net sales. The rate of return is 
consistent  with  what  a  limited-risk  distributor  would  earn  in  a  distribution  agreement  of  similar  risks  and  responsibilities  with  an 
unrelated party as determined by formal transfer price studies conducted by the Company in connection with its global manufacturing 
consolidation strategy. 

As a result of this change from a principal manufacturer to a limited-risk distributor with a guaranteed return, STAAR Japan 
achieved a three-year cumulative pretax income in the third quarter of 2013, as measured from the beginning of the fourth quarter of 
2010 through the end of the third quarter of 2013. Based on these results and management’s consideration of all available positive and 
negative evidence, including the projected pretax income that STAAR Japan is contractually guaranteed to earn as an LRD, management 
concluded that, at September 27, 2013 and at January 3, 2014, it is more likely than not that STAAR Japan’s deferred tax assets would be 
realized. Accordingly, STAAR Japan fully released its remaining valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets based on the weight 
of  positive  evidence  that  existed  at  September  27,  2013.  This  release  amounted  to  approximately  $433,000 of  income  tax  benefit 
recorded  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  three  and  nine  months  ended  September  27,  2013 (as  translated  using  the 
Japanese Yen exchange rate on September 27, 2013). The valuation allowance as of December 28, 2012 of $1.0 million was reduced to 
$433,000 primarily due to the utilization of STAAR Japan’s net operating loss carryover during the nine months ended September 27, 
2013. As of January 3, 2014, STAAR Japan’s net deferred tax assets of $289,000, including the remaining net operating loss carryover 
of $20,000 (as translated using the Japanese Yen exchange rate on January 3, 2014), are included above in the table of components of 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities. 

F-20  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

STAAR Surgical AG 

Due to STAAR Surgical AG’s history of profits, the deferred tax assets are considered fully realizable. Included in deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of STAAR AG is noncurrent deferred tax assets of $185,000 and $187,000 as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 
2012, respectively. 

Other Income Tax Disclosures 

The following tax years remain subject to examination: 

Significant Jurisdictions 
U.S. Federal 
California 
Switzerland 
Japan 

Open Years 
2010 – 2012 
2009 – 2012 
2011 – 2012 
2008 – 2012 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands): 

Domestic 
Foreign 

2013 

2012 

2011 

   $ 

   $ 

(2,131)  $ 
3,245     
1,114   $ 

(2,967)  $ 
2,448     
(519)  $ 

(2,145) 
4,849  
2,704  

Note 10 – Employee Benefit Plans 

The  Company  maintains  a  passive  pension  plan  (the  “Swiss  Plan”)  covering  employees  of  its  Swiss  subsidiary,  which  is 

accounted for as a defined benefit plan. 

Defined Benefit Plan-Switzerland 

In  Switzerland  employers  are  required  to  provide  a  minimum  pension  plan  for  their  staff.  The  Swiss  Plan  is  financed  by 
contributions of both the employees and employer. The amount of the contributions is defined by the plan regulations and cannot be 
decreased without amending the plan regulations. It is required that the employer contribute an amount equal to or greater than the 
employee contribution. 

F-21  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The following table shows the changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and the Swiss Plan’s funded status as of January 3, 

2014 and December 28, 2012: 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: 

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation 

Projected benefit obligation, end of period 

Change in Plan Assets: 

Plan assets at fair value, beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets (including foreign currency 
impact) 
Employer contributions 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 

Plan assets at fair value, end of period 

Funded status (pension liability), end of year 

Amount Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Loss, net of tax: 

Actuarial loss on plan assets 
Actuarial loss on benefit obligation 
Actuarial gain recognized in current year 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013 

2012 

4,853    $ 
320      
101      
239      
(157)     
(173)     
5,183    $ 

3,053    $ 

144
239      
239      
(158)     
3,517    $ 

4,710  
301  
116  
234  
(639) 
131  
4,853  

3,058  

166
234  
234  
(639) 
3,053  

(1,666)   $ 

(1,800) 

(521)   $ 
(331)     
247      
(605)   $ 

(558) 
(466) 
205  
(819) 

(4,824)   $ 

(4,410) 

The underfunded balance of $1,666,000 and $1,800,000 was included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance 

sheets as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, respectively. 

Net  periodic  pension  cost  associated  with  the  Swiss  Plan  during  the  years  ended  January  3,  2014,  December  28,  2012,  and 

December 30, 2011 include the following components (in thousands): 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Actuarial loss recognized in current year 
Prior service loss recognized in current year 
Transition obligation recognized in current year 
Amendments 
Net periodic pension cost 

  $ 

  $ 

2013 

2012 

2011 

320   $ 
101     
(96)    
55     
—     
—     
—     
380   $ 

301    $ 
116      
(100)     
54      
—      
—      
—      
371    $ 

414  
127  
(101) 
97  
—  
—  
—  
537  

 Changes in other comprehensive loss, net of tax, associated with the Swiss Plan in the year ended January 3, 2014 and December 

28, 2012 include the following components (in thousands): 

F-22 
  
  
 
  
 
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
    
  
    
      
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Current year actuarial gain on plan assets, net of tax 
Current year actuarial (loss) gain on benefit obligation, net of tax 
Actuarial gain recorded in current year, net of tax 
Prior service cost 
Change in other comprehensive loss 

  $ 

  $ 

2013 

2012 

37    $ 
135      
46      
—      
218    $ 

50   
(101)  
42   
—   
(9) 

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of January 3, 2014 that is expected to be recognized as a 

component of the net periodic pension costs during fiscal year 2014 is $24,000. 

Net periodic pension cost and projected and accumulated pension obligation for the Company’s Swiss Plan were calculated on 

January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 using the following assumptions: 

Discount rate 
Salary increases 
Expected return on plan assets 
Expected average remaining working lives in years 

2013 

2012 

2.50 %      
2.00 %      
3.00 %      
10.50   

2.00 %
2.00 %
3.00 %
10.30   

The discount rates of 2.50% and 2.00% as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, respectively are based on an assumed 
pension benefit maturity of 10 to 15 years. The rate was estimated using the rate of return for high quality Swiss corporate bonds that 
mature in eight years. This maturity was used as there are significant numbers of high quality Swiss bonds, but very few bonds issued 
with maturities with longer lives. As of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 the average rate for high quality Swiss corporate bonds 
was 2.00%. In order to determine an appropriate discount rate, the eight year rate of return was then extrapolated along the yield curve of 
Swiss government bonds. 

The salary increase rate was based on the Company’s best estimate of future increases over time. 

The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  based  on  the  expected  asset  allocation  and  assumptions  concerning 
long-term interest rates, inflation rates, and risk premiums for equities above the risk-free rates of return. These assumptions take into 
consideration historical long-term rates of return for relevant asset categories. 

The Company has contracted with the Allianz Suisse Life Insurance Company’s BVG Collective Foundation (“Foundation”) to 
manage the Swiss Plan. The Swiss pension funds are legally independent from the employer and are regulated by Swiss federal law. The 
investment strategy is determined by the Foundation and this applies to all its members. However, the funds contributed by an employer 
are  specifically  earmarked  only  for  its  employees.  The unfunded obligations of  a plan  are  not borne  by  the  remaining  participating 
employers. Vested benefits have to be paid to terminated employees and they are generally rolled over into the pension fund of their new 
employer. Since the Swiss Plan assets are comingled with other plans’ assets within the Foundation, the individual allocation of the 
assets cannot be determined. The Foundation typically invests in bonds, equities, mortgage and real estate.     

In fiscal 2014, the Company expects to make cash contributions totaling approximately $286,000 to the Swiss Plan. 

 The estimated future benefit payments for the Swiss Plan are as follows (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 – 2023 
Total 

  $

  $

54   
54   
57   
60   
64   
386   
675   

F-23 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
     
  
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Defined Benefit Plan-Japan 

STAAR Japan maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (“Japan Plan”) substantially covering all of the 
employees of STAAR Japan.  Benefits under the Japan Plan are earned, vested and accumulated based on a point-system, primarily 
based on the combination of years of service, actual and expected future grades (management or non-management) and actual and future 
zone (performance) levels of the employees.  Each point earned is worth a fixed monetary value, 1,000 Yen per point, regardless of the 
level grade or zone of the employee.   Gross benefits are calculated based on the cumulative number of points earned over the service 
period multiplied by 1,000 Yen.   The mandatory retirement age limit is 60 years old.  

STAAR Japan administers the pension plan and funds the obligations of the Japan Plan from STAAR Japan’s operating cash 
flows.    STAAR Japan is not required, and does not intend to provide contributions to the Plan to meet benefit obligations and therefore 
does not have any plan assets.  Benefit payments are made to beneficiaries as they become due. 

The funded status of the benefit plan at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 is as follows: 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: 
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange adjustment 

Projected benefit obligation, end of period 

Changes in Plan Assets: 
Plan assets at fair value, beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Distribution of plan assets 
Foreign exchange adjustment 

Plan assets at fair value, end of period 

Funded status (pension liability), end of period 

Amount Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, 
net of tax: 
Transition obligation 
Actuarial gain 
Prior service cost 
Net loss 

Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year 

2013 

2012 

1,188    $ 
158      
8      
47      
(123)     
(229)     
1,049    $ 

—    $ 
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—    $ 

1,108  
185  
13  
63  
(65) 
(116) 
1,188  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

(1,049)   $ 

(1,188) 

81    $ 
191      
17      
(184)     
105    $ 

(857)   $ 

117  
353  
28  
(204) 
294  

(972) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

F-24   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
  
    
      
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The  underfunded  balance  of  $1,049,000  and  $1,188,000,  respectively,  was  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities  on  the 

consolidated balance sheets as of January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012, respectively. 

Net periodic pension cost associated with the Japan Plan for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012 and, December 

30, 2011 includes the following components (in thousands): 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Net amortization of transition obligation 
Actuarial gain 
Prior service cost (credit) 
Net periodic pension cost 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $ 

  $ 

158   $ 
8     
12     
(31)    
(1)    
146   $ 

185    $ 
13      
16      
(58)     
(1)     
155    $ 

174  
6  
16  
(117) 
(1) 
78  

Changes in other comprehensive income, net of tax, associated with the Japan Plan for the years ended January 3, 2014 and 

December 28, 2012 include the following components (in thousands): 

Amortization of net transition obligation 
Amortization of actuarial loss 
Actuarial loss recorded in current year 
Amortization prior service cost 
Change in other comprehensive income 

2013 

2012 

12    $ 
(47)     
(153)     
(1)     
(189)   $ 

16  
(62) 
(80) 
(1) 
(127) 

  $ 

  $ 

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive income as of January 3, 2014 that is expected to be recognized as a component 

of the net periodic pension cost in fiscal 2014 is approximately $9,000. 

Net periodic pension cost and projected and accumulated pension obligation for the Company’s Japan Plan were calculated on 

January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 using the following assumptions: 

Discount rate 
Salary increases 
Expected return on plan assets 
Expected average remaining working lives in years 

2013 

2012 

0.90 %       
4.70 %       
N/A  
7.48   

0.80 %
3.00 %
N/A  
8.88   

The discount rate of 0.90% as of January 3, 2014 and the discount rate of 0.80% as of December 28, 2012 are based on the 

approximate Japanese government bond rate with a term of 10 to 20 years. 

The salary increase average rate was based on the Company’s best estimate of future increases over time. 

F-25  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
 
     
  
    
    
    
     
    
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The estimated future benefit payments for the Japan Plan are as follows (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 – 2023 
Total 

Defined Contribution Plan 

  $

  $

45   
58   
75   
120   
72   
390   
760   

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing plan (“401(k) Plan”) for the benefit of qualified employees in North America. 
During the fiscal year ended January 3, 2014, employees who participate may elect to make salary deferral contributions to the 401(k) 
Plan up to the $17,500 of the employees’ eligible payroll subject to annual Internal Revenue Code maximum limitations (with a $5,500 
annual catch-up contribution permitted for those over 50 years old). The Company makes a contribution of 50% of the employee’s 
contribution up to the first 6% of the employee’s compensation. In addition, STAAR may make a discretionary contribution to qualified 
employees, in accordance with the 401(k) Plan.  During the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, 
the Company made contributions, net of forfeitures, of $270,000, $284,000, and $150,000, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan. 

Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity 

Common Stock 

During fiscal year 2013, the Company issued 153,600 shares of restricted stock to certain employees and the Board of Directors. 
Restricted shares are issued at fair market value on the date of grant, vest over a period of one to three years, and are subject to forfeiture 
until vested or the service period is achieved and the restriction is lapsed or terminated.    As of January 3, 2014, none of the 2013 grants 
had vested. Restricted stock is issued and outstanding for legal and voting purposes but are not considered to be participating securities 
as defined by ASC 260, Earnings per Share, as restricted stock dividends, if any declared, are forfeitable if the service condition is not 
met (see Note 15). 

Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation expense is set forth below (in thousands):  

January 3, 
  2014 

Fiscal Year Ended 
December 28, 
  2012 

December 30, 
  2011 

Employee stock options 
Restricted stock 
Restricted stock units 
Consultant compensation 

Total 

   $ 

   $ 

2,683    $ 
999      
589      
218      
4,489    $ 

2,595    $ 
590      
—      
23      
3,208    $ 

1,361  
466  
—  
87  
1,914  

There  was  no  net  income  tax  benefit  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  stock-based  compensation 
expense for non-qualified stock options, as the Company fully offsets net deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance (see Note 9).  In 
addition, the Company capitalized $232,000, $150,000, and $121,000, of stock-based compensation to inventory as of January 3, 2014, 
December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, respectively, and recognizes these amounts as cost of sales as the inventory is sold. The 
Company does not recognize deferred income taxes for incentive stock option compensation expense, and records a tax deduction only 
when a disqualified disposition has occurred (see Note 9). 

F-26  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Stock Option Plans 

In fiscal year 2003, the Board of Directors approved the 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) authorizing 
awards of equity compensation, including options to purchase common stock and restricted shares of common stock. On May 13, 2013, 
the stockholders of STAAR approved the Restated 2003 Omnibus Plan, which increased the number of shares available for grants under 
the Plan by 1,250,000 shares. As of January 3, 2014, all outstanding options have been issued under a plan approved by our stockholders. 

As of January 3, 2014, approximately 1,363,000 shares were authorized and available for grants under the 2003 Omnibus Plan. 
The 2003 Plan provides for various forms of stock-based incentives. To date, of the available forms of awards under the 2003 Plan, the 
Company has granted only stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. Options under the plan are granted at fair market 
value on the date of grant, become exercisable generally over a three- or four-year service period, or as determined by the Board of 
Directors, and expire over periods not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated 
vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2003 Plan). The Company settles stock option exercises with newly issued shares 
of common stock. Restricted stock grants under the 2003 Plan generally vest over a period of one, three or four years. Restricted stock 
units generally vest over a period of one year if both performance and service conditions have been met, as further described below. 

Assumptions 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of new stock option grants and establish that 
fair value on the date of grant using the assumptions noted in the following table. Additionally, all option valuation models require the 
input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected life of the option and expected stock price volatility. Expected volatilities 
are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and optionee 
termination experience. The expected term of options granted is derived from the historical exercise and activity from the time of grant 
to  the  time  of  exercise  or  post-vesting  cancellation  date,  and  represents  the  period  of  time  that  options  granted  are  expected  to  be 
outstanding.  The Company has determined an estimated 9.92% forfeiture rate used in the model for fiscal year 2013 option grants based 
on historical forfeiture experience.  The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Following are the weighted-average assumptions used with the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model to determine the fair value estimates of options granted:  

January 3, 
  2014 

Fiscal Year Ended 
December 28, 
  2012 

December 30, 
  2011 

Expected dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected term (in years) 

0 %      
71 %      
0.73 %      
4.12   

A summary of option activity under the Plan as of January 3, 2014 is presented below: 

Outstanding at December 28, 2012 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 
Outstanding at January 3, 2014 
Exercisable at January 3, 2014 

Shares 
  (000’s) 

3,376   $
603     
(645)    
(35)    
3,299   $
2,168   $

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 
  Price 

5.89    
6.77    
5.10    
8.53    
6.17    
5.30    

0 %       
79 %       
0.82 %       
5.21   

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Remaining 
  Contractual 
  Term 

0 %
77 %
1.82 %
5.49   

Aggregate 
  Intrinsic 
  Value 
  (000’s) 

6.27    $
5.04      

32,745  
23,405  

F-27  
  
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
       
  
     
       
  
     
       
  
     
       
  
     
     
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, 
and December 30, 2011, was $3.51, $6.65, and $3.85, per option, respectively.  The total fair value of options vested during fiscal years 
ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, was $3,084,000, $1,830,000, and $1,049,000, respectively. The 
total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, was 
$3,894,000, $1,240,000, and $2,533,000, respectively. 

 As  of  January  3,  2014,  there  was  $3.5  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  share-based 
compensation  arrangements  granted  under  the  Plans.  That  cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of 
1.64 years. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at January 3, 2014 (in thousands, 

except per share data): 

Number 
  Outstanding at 
  January 3, 
  2014 

29   
320   
177   
506   
1,457   
810   
3,299   

Options 
  Outstanding 
  Weighted-Average
  Remaining 
  Contractual Life 
5.24 Years 
4.30 Years 
5.48 Years 
3.16 Years 
6.96 Years 
7.94 Years 
6.27 Years 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 
  Price 

Number 
  Exercisable at 
  January 3, 
  2014 

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 
  Price 

0.95   
2.19   
3.29   
4.22   
5.71   
10.61   
6.17   

29    $ 
320    $ 
177    $ 
497    $ 
817    $ 
328    $ 
2,168    $ 

0.95  
2.19  
3.29  
4.20  
5.89  
10.00  
5.30  

 Range of Exercise Prices 
$  0.95 
$  1.56 to $2.30 
$  2.45 to $3.60 
$  3.75 to $5.29 
$  5.34 to $7.32 
$  7.50 to $13.34 

Warrants 

On December 14, 2007, the Company entered into a Warrant Agreement with Broadwood Partners, L.P. (“Broadwood”) granting 
the right to purchase up to 700,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, exercisable for a period of six 
years.   On December 12, 2013, Broadwood exercised these warrants with a “cashless” exercise (net share settlement) as allowed for 
under the original Warrant Agreement (“cashless exercise”).   Under the terms of the cashless exercise, the Company issued 485,456 
shares of common stock to Broadwood and simultaneously withheld 214,544 shares of common stock as consideration for the $2.8 
million aggregate ($4.00 per share) exercise price owed by Broadwood to the Company, the number of shares withheld determined using 
the Company’s average 21-day per share closing stock price preceding the exercise date.  

On June 1, 2009, the Company issued warrants to Broadwood, pursuant to a Warrant Agreement, granting the right to purchase up 
to an additional 700,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, exercisable for a period of six years, which 
remain outstanding.   The warrants are accounted for as an equity instrument. 

F-28  
  
    
  
 
  
 
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The  Warrant  Agreement  provides  that  the  Company  will  register  the  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  warrants  with  the 
Securities  Exchange  Commission.  The  Company  filed  and  secured  effectiveness  of  a  registration  statement  covering  resale  of  the 
shares.  If the Company fails to keep the registration statement effective and the lapse exceeds permitted suspensions, as the holder’s 
sole  remedy,  the  Company  will  be  obligated  to  issue  an  additional  30,000  warrants  (“Penalty  Warrants”)  for  each  month  that  the 
Company does not meet this effectiveness requirement through the term of the remaining warrants, June 1, 2015.  The Company does 
not consider the issuance of Penalty Warrants likely. 

The fair value of the warrants was estimated on the issuance date, June 1, 2009, using a Black-Scholes option valuation model 

applying the assumptions noted in the following table: 

  $ 

Common stock price per share 
Number of warrants 
Expected dividends 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free rate 
Life (in years) 

As of  
  June 1, 2009 

1.01   
700,000   

0 % 
74.4 % 
3.28 % 
6.0   

A summary of the warrants activity is provided below:    

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 
  Price 

Weighted- 
  Average 
  Remaining 
  Contractual 
  Term 

Aggregate 
  Intrinsic 
  Value 
  (000’s) 

4.10     
—     
4.00     
6.00     
4.00     
4.00     

1.41    $ 
1.41    $ 

8,470  
8,470  

Shares 
  (000’s) 

1,470   $ 
—     
(700)    
(70)    
700   $ 
700   $ 

Outstanding at December 28, 2012 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 
Outstanding at January 3, 2014 
Exercisable at January 3, 2014 

Restricted stock 

A summary of restricted stock as of January 3, 2014 is presented below: 

Outstanding at December 28, 2012 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at January 3, 2014 

Shares 
  (000’s) 

Weighted Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value 
per Share 

205      $ 
154        
—        
(18)       
341      $ 

8.48  
6.58  
—  
9.90  
7.55  

F-29  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
     
      
  
     
      
  
     
      
  
     
      
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Restricted Stock Units 

In  March  2013, pursuant  to the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated 2003  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  the  Compensation 
Committee approved a 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Plan (“2013 RSU Plan”), which is a performance contingent restricted stock award. 
On March 4, 2013, the Company granted 135,000 RSUs as presented in the table below with vesting subject to a performance and 
service condition. As of January 3, 2014, although the Company had achieved the performance target, none of the RSUs were vested due 
to not having met the service condition date, which is March 12, 2014. 

A summary of restricted stock units as of January 3, 2014 is presented below: 

Outstanding at December 28, 2012 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at January 3, 2014 

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies 

Lease Obligations and Firm Commitment 

Units 
  (000’s) 

Weighted Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value 
per Share 

—   
135   
—   
—   
135   

   $ 

   $ 

—   
5.34   
—   
—   
5.34   

The Company leases certain property, plant and equipment under capital and operating lease agreements. These leases vary in 
duration and contain renewal options and/or escalation clauses.  Current and long-term obligations under capital leases are included in 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. 

Estimated future minimum lease payments under leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one 

year as of January 3, 2014 were as follows (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less amounts representing interest 

Operating
  Leases 

Capital 
  Leases 

   $

   $

   $

2,058    $
1,817      
1,715      
1,731      
257      
429      
8,007    $
—      
8,007    $

303   
142   
6   
—   
—   
—   
451   
22   
429   

Rent expense was approximately $1.5 million, $1.9 million, and $1.8 million, for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 

2012, and December 30, 2011, respectively. 

F-30  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

The Company had the following assets under capital lease at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 (in thousands): 

Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 

Less accumulated depreciation 

2013 

2012 

3,922    $ 
611   
155   
4,688   
3,984   

704    $ 

3,923   
946   
155   
5,024   
3,576   
1,448   

   $ 

   $ 

Depreciation  expense  for  assets  under  capital  lease  for  each  of  the  years  ended  January  3,  2014,  December  28,  2012,  and 

December 30, 2011, was approximately $566,000, $522,000, and $615,000, respectively. 

As  of  January  3,  2014,  the  Company  has  a  firm  commitment  of  $800,000  which  it  is  obligated  to  fulfill  in  the  following 
twenty-four month period solely to be used for the acquisition of property and equipment.   Once fulfilled, the property and equipment 
acquired under the firm commitment will be treated as assets acquired under a capital lease. The Company also has a minimum purchase 
commitment of $1,064,000 with a supplier for purchase of certain finished goods inventory.  

Indemnification Agreements 

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company: (a) to 
indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, except as prohibited by 
applicable law; (b) to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified; 
and (c) to make a good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance. 
The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance through a third party carrier. 

Tax Filings 

The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by taxing authorities in jurisdictions where it conducts business. These audits may 
result  in  assessments  of  additional  taxes  that  are  subsequently  resolved  with  the  authorities  or  potentially  through  the  courts. 
Management  believes  the  Company  has  adequately  provided  for  any  ultimate  amounts  that  are  likely  to  result  from  these  audits; 
however, final assessments, if any, could be significantly different than the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements. 

Employment Agreements 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and certain other officers have as provisions of their employment agreements certain 
rights,  including  continuance  of  cash  compensation  and  benefits,  upon  a  “change  in  control,”  which  may  include  an  acquisition  of 
substantially all of its assets, or termination “without cause or for good reason” as defined in the employment agreements. 

Litigation and Claims 

From  time  to  time  the  Company  is  subject  to  various  claims  and  legal  proceedings  arising  out  of  the  normal  course  of  our 
business.  These  claims  and  legal  proceedings  may  relate  to  contractual  rights  and  obligations,  employment  matters,  and  claims  of 
product liability. STAAR maintains insurance coverage for product liability claims but may not be insured against other potentially 
material claims. Reserves are recorded for losses management determines are probable and reasonably estimable. While the Company is 
not  aware  of  any  claims  likely  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations,  new  claims  or 
unexpected results of existing claims could lead to significant financial harm. 

F-31  
  
  
  
  
 
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 13 — Related Party Transactions 

The Company has made various advances to certain employees.   Amounts due from employees included in prepaids, deposits, 

and other current assets at January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 were $34,000 and $11,000, respectively. 

Note 14 — Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Interest paid was $153,000, $270,000, and $471,000, for the years ended January 3, 2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 
2011, respectively. Income taxes paid amounted to approximately $1,534,000, $241,000, and $649,000, for the years ended January 3, 
2014, December 28, 2012, and December 30, 2011, respectively. 

The Company’s non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows (in thousands): 

Non-cash investing and financing activities: 
Assets obtained by capital lease 
Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $ 
  $ 

—   $ 
881   $ 

527   $ 
—   $ 

331  
—  

Note 15 — Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  computation  of  basic  and  diluted  net  income  (loss)  per  share  (in  thousands  except  per  share 

amounts): 

Numerator: 

Net income (loss) 

Denominator: 

Weighted average common shares and denominator for basic calculation: 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Less: Unvested restricted stock 
Denominator for basic calculation 
Weighted average effects of potentially dilutive common stock: 

Stock options 
Unvested restricted stock 
Restricted stock units 
Warrants 

Denominator for diluted calculation 

Net income (loss) per share – basic 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted 

2013 

2012 

2011 

   $

398    $ 

(1,763)   $ 

1,348  

37,017      
(311)     
36,706      

36,433      
(180)     
36,253      

1,235      
177      
75      
414      
38,607      

—      
—      
—      
—      
36,253      

35,578  
(144) 
35,434  

859  
—  
—  
585  
36,878  

   $
   $

0.01    $ 
0.01    $ 

(0.05)   $ 
(0.05)   $ 

0.04  
0.04  

The following table sets forth (in thousands) the weighted average number of options and warrants to purchase shares of common 
stock  and  restricted  stock  which  were  not  included  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  per  share  amounts  because  the  effects  would  be 
anti-dilutive. 

Options 
Warrants 
Restricted stock 

Total 

2013 

2012 

2011 

1,109  
—  
—  
1,109  

1,632  
746  
180  
2,558  

1,101   
—   
144   
1,245   

F-32 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
     
      
      
  
     
      
      
  
     
      
      
  
     
     
     
     
      
      
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
      
      
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 16 — Geographic and Product Data 

The  Company  markets  and sells  its  products  in  approximately  60  countries  and  has  manufacturing  sites  in  the United States 
and Switzerland. Other than the United States, Japan, Korea, China, and Spain, the Company does not conduct business in any country in 
which its sales in that country exceed 5% of consolidated sales. Sales are attributed to countries based on location of customers. The 
composition of the Company’s sales to unaffiliated customers is set forth below (in thousands): 

Net sales to unaffiliated customers 
United States 
Japan 
Korea 
China 
Spain 
Others* 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

2013 

2012 

2011 

12,851   $ 
17,666     
7,743     
8,618     
4,867     
20,470     
72,215   $ 

12,427   $ 
16,692     
6,713     
8,406     
—     
19,545     
63,783   $ 

13,852  
15,690  
8,142  
6,354  
—  
18,727  
62,765  

*No other location individually exceeds 5% of total sales. 

100% of the Company’s sales are generated from the ophthalmic surgical product segment and, therefore, the Company operates 
as one operating segment for financial reporting purposes. The Company’s principal products are IOLs used in cataract surgery and ICLs 
used in refractive surgery.  The composition of the Company’s net sales by product line is as follows (in thousands): 

Net sales by product line 
ICLs 
IOLs 
Other surgical products 
Total 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $ 

  $ 

44,128   $ 
24,153     
3,934     
72,215   $ 

35,080    $ 
25,971      
2,732      
63,783    $ 

32,072  
27,547  
3,146  
62,765  

The composition of the Company’s long-lived assets, consisting of property and equipment, between those in the United States, 

Switzerland, and Japan is set forth below (in thousands): 

Long-lived assets 
U.S. 
Switzerland 
Japan 

Total 

2013 

2012 

6,096    $ 
849      
460      
7,405    $ 

3,052   
984   
1,403   
5,439   

   $

   $

The  Company  sells  its  products  internationally,  which  subjects  the  Company  to  several  potential  risks,  including  fluctuating 
exchange rates (to the extent the Company’s transactions are not in U.S. dollars), regulation of fund transfers by foreign governments, 
United States and foreign export and import duties and tariffs, and political instability. 

F-33  
  
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
  
 
 
     
 
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years Ended January 3, 2014 and December 28, 2012 

Note 17 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

Summary unaudited quarterly financial data from continuing operations for fiscal 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands 

except per share data): 

January 3, 2014 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share – basic 
Net income (loss) per share – diluted 

December 28, 2012 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share – basic 
Net income (loss) per share – diluted 

  $ 

  $ 

1st Qtr. 

2nd Qtr. 

3rd Qtr. 

4th Qtr. 

18,001     
12,654     
471     

0.01     
0.01     

18,164     
12,620     
278     

0.01     
0.01     

17,106      
12,059      
525      

0.01      
0.01      

18,944  
12,976  
(876) 

(0.02) 
(0.02) 

1st Qtr. 

2nd Qtr. 

3rd Qtr. 

4th Qtr. 

15,509   $ 
10,901     
232     

0.01     
0.01     

15,942   $ 
11,045     
(491)    

(0.01)    
(0.01)    

15,866    $ 
11,176      
(90)     

(0.00)     
(0.00)     

16,466  
11,168  
(1,414) 

(0.04) 
(0.04) 

Quarterly and year-to-date computations of net income (loss) per share amounts are made independently. Therefore, the sum of 

the per share amounts for the quarters may not agree with the per share amounts for the year. 

Note 18 — Manufacturing Consolidation Project and Tax Strategy 

From fiscal 2011 through 2013, the Company has devoted significant resources to two initiatives: a project to consolidate global 
manufacturing, and development of a strategy to optimize its global organization for tax purposes. The goal of these strategies is to 
further improve upon gross profit margin by streamlining operations, thereby reducing costs and to increase profits in the U.S., to enable 
the Company to utilize its $121.7 million in net operating loss carryforwards and at the same time, reduce income taxes in foreign 
jurisdictions where  it  pays  tax. STAAR  currently  manufactures  its products  in four  facilities  worldwide.  It has  developed  a plan  to 
methodically consolidate its manufacturing in a single site at its Monrovia, California location which is expected to be substantially 
completed during 2014.  

The Company has invested approximately $5.9 million over a three-year period, of which it incurred approximately $2.2 million 
during 2013. These expenses are included in the other general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations 
for  the  year  ended  January  3,  2014.  Expenditures  to  date  have  largely  consisted  of  severance,  employee  costs,  professional  fees  to 
advisors and consultants. 

A summary of the activity for these initiatives is presented below as of January 3, 2014 (in thousands): 

Liability at December 28, 2012 
Costs incurred and charged to expense 
Cash payments 
Liability at January 3, 2014 

Total costs incurred to date 
Total costs expected 
Total costs remaining 

Termination
 Benefits 

Other Associated 
Costs 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

504    $
481      
(254)     
731    $

1,381    $
1,592    $
211    $

293    $ 
1,761      
(2,026)     
28    $ 

4,558    $ 
4,608    $ 
50    $ 

797   
2,242   
(2,280)  
759   

5,939   
6,200   
261   

F-34  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
     
     
      
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
    
     
     
      
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
  
    
      
      
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

Column A 

Description 

2013 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales 
returns deducted from accounts receivable 
in balance sheet 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance 

2012 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales 
returns deducted from accounts receivable 
in balance sheet 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance 

2011 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales 
returns deducted from accounts receivable 
in balance sheet 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance 

$ 

   $ 

$ 

   $ 

$ 

   $ 

Column B 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
  Year 

Column C 

Column D 

Additions 

Deductions 

(In thousands) 

Column E 

Balance at 
  End of 
  Year 

1,316
$ 
51,093     
52,409   $ 

263
$ 
744     
1,007   $ 

130 
$ 
1,014      
1,144    $ 

1,449
50,823  
52,272  

1,128
$ 
51,571     
52,699   $ 

1,423
$ 
51,689     
53,112   $ 

255
$ 
—     
255   $ 

195
$ 
—     
195   $ 

67 
$ 
478      
545    $ 

1,316
51,093  
52,409  

489 
$ 
118      
607    $ 

1,128
51,571  
52,699  

F-35  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
    
      
 
  
  
 
     
     
    
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
  
     
     
    
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
  
     
     
    
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank.] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Unit Award 
Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to the 
Participant an award of restricted stock units (“ Restricted Stock Units ” or “ RSUs ”) under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2003 
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”). Each vested Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to 
receive one share of Common Stock (“ Share ”) to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not 
specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and Grant Notice. 

ARTICLE I. 

GENERAL 

1.1               Incorporation  of  Terms  of  Plan.  The  RSUs  are  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Plan,  which  are 
incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall 
control. 

ARTICLE II. 

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS 

2.1               Grant of RSUs. Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this 
Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of 
RSUs under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any 
Affiliates and for other good and valuable consideration. 

2.2               Unsecured Obligation to RSUs. Unless and until the RSUs have vested in the manner set forth in Article 2 hereof, 
the Participant will have no right to receive Common Stock under any such RSUs. Prior to actual payment of any vested RSUs, such 
RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. 

2.3               Vesting Schedule. Subject to Section 0 hereof, the RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable with respect to the 
applicable portion thereof according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (rounding down to the nearest whole Share). 

2.4               Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the award of RSUs pursuant hereto, the Participant 

agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Affiliate. . 

2.5               Forfeiture, Termination and Cancellation upon Termination of Service. Notwithstanding any contrary provision 
of this Agreement or the Plan, upon the Participant’s termination of Service for any or no reason, all Restricted Stock Units which 
have not vested prior to or in connection with such termination of Service (after taking into consideration any accelerated 

vesting  which  may  occur  in  connection  with  such  termination  of  Service  (if  any))  shall  thereupon  automatically  be  forfeited, 
terminated  and  cancelled  as  of  the  applicable  termination  date  without  payment  of  any  consideration  by  the  Company,  and  the 
Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary or personal representative, as the case may be, shall have no further rights hereunder. No 
portion  of  the RSUs  which  has  not become  vested  as of  the  date on which  the  Participant  incurs  a  termination  of Service  shall 
thereafter become vested. 

2.6               Issuance of Common Stock upon Vesting. 

(a)                 Within  15  business  days  following  the  Committee’s  certification  of  the  Revenue  Goal  for  the 
Measurement Period in the fiscal year following the end of the Measurement Period, but in no event later than March 15th of such 
fiscal  year  (the  “  Settlement  Date  ”),  the  Company  shall  settle  vested  RSUs  by  delivering  to  the  Participant  (or  any  transferee 
permitted under Section 3.2 hereof) a number of Shares (either by delivering one or more certificates for such Shares or by entering 
such Shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) equal to the number of RSUs subject to this 
Award that vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Shares cannot be issued pursuant to Section 18(f) of the Plan, the 
Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively practicable after the Committee determines that 
Shares can again be issued in accordance with such Section. 

(b)                As set forth in Section 18(a) of the Plan, the Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or 
withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local 
taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Restricted Stock Units. The 
Company  shall  not  be  obligated  to  deliver  any  new  certificate  representing  Shares  to  the  Participant  or  the  Participant’s  legal 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
representative or enter such Shares in book entry form unless and until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall 
have  paid  or  otherwise  satisfied  in  full  the  amount  of  all  federal,  state  and  local  taxes  applicable  to  the  taxable  income  of  the 
Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of Shares. 

2.7               Conditions  to  Delivery  of  Shares.  The  Shares  deliverable  hereunder  may  be  either  previously  authorized  but 
unissued Shares, treasury Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid 
and nonassessable.  The  Company  shall not  be  required  to  issue  or deliver  any  certificates  or  make  any book  entries  evidencing 
Shares deliverable hereunder prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 18(f) of the Plan. 

2.8               Rights  as  Stockholder.  The  holder  of  the  RSUs  shall  not  be,  nor  have  any  of  the  rights  or  privileges  of,  a 
stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of the RSUs and any 
Shares underlying the RSUs and deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held 
of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of 
the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are 
issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan. 

ARTICLE III. 

OTHER PROVISIONS 

3.1               Administration. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such 
rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke 
any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and 
binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be 
personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the 
RSUs. 

3.2               Grant is Not Transferable. During the lifetime of the Participant, the RSUs may not be sold, pledged, assigned or 
transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, 
pursuant to a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder. Neither the RSUs nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, 
contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, 
anticipation,  pledge,  encumbrance,  assignment  or  any  other  means  whether  such  disposition  be  voluntary  or  involuntary  or  by 
operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and 
any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the 
preceding sentence. 

3.3               Tax  Consultation.  The  Participant  understands  that  the  Participant  may  suffer  adverse  tax  consequences  in 
connection  with  the  RSUs  granted  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  (and  the  Shares  issuable  with  respect  thereto).  The  Participant 
represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the RSUs 
and the issuance of Shares with respect thereto and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. 

3.4               Adjustments. The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs are subject to modification and termination in certain 

events as provided in this Agreement and Article 17 of the Plan. 

3.5               Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the 
Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant 
shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. Any notice shall be deemed 
duly given when sent via email or when sent by reputable overnight courier or by certified mail (return receipt requested) through the 
United States Postal Service. 

3.6               Participant’s Representations. If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act 
or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the 
Company,  concurrently  with  such  issuance,  make  such  written  representations  as  are  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  by  the 
Company and/or its counsel. 

3.7               Titles.  Titles  are  provided  herein  for  convenience  only  and  are  not  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  interpretation  or 

construction of this Agreement. 

3.8               Governing  Law.  The  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  shall  govern  the  interpretation,  validity,  administration, 
enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts 
of laws. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
3.9               Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to 
conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act and any other 
applicable law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in 
such a manner as to conform to such laws. To the extent permitted by such laws, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed 
amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws. 

3.10           Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or 
partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board;   
provided, however,    that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination 
of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant. 

3.11           Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple 
assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on 
transfer herein set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, 
administrators, successors and assigns. 

3.12           Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, 
if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any 
additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to 
Rule  16b-3  of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  are  requirements  for  the  application  of  such  exemptive  rule.  To  the  extent  permitted  by 
applicable laws, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule. 

3.13           Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute 
the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the 
Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof. 

3.14           Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, the Plan, this 
Agreement  and  the  Grant  Notice  shall  be  interpreted  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code.  The 
Committee may, in its discretion, adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and 
procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Committee 
determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. 

3.15           Limitation  on  Participant’s  Rights.  Participation  in  the  Plan  confers  no  rights  or  interests  other  than  as  herein 
provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be 
construed as creating a trust. The Plan, in and of itself, has no assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured 
creditor of the Company and its Affiliates with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs, and 
rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to RSUs, as and when 
payable hereunder. 

3.16           Not a Contract of Service Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant 
any right to continue to serve as an Employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its affiliates or shall interfere with 
or  restrict  in  any  way  the  rights  of  the  Company  and  its  affiliates,  which  rights  are  hereby  expressly  reserved,  to  discharge  or 
terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly 
provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an affiliate and the Participant. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Subsidiaries of STAAR Surgical Company 

Exhibit 21.1 

Name of Subsidiary 
STAAR Surgical AG 
STAAR Japan Inc. 
STAAR Surgical Cayman, Inc. 
STAAR Surgical PTE. LTD 
STAAR Optical Equipment Technology 
(Shanghai) Co., LTD 
Circuit Tree Medical, Inc. 

Other Names Under 
  Which it Does Business 
None 
STAAR Japan Godo Kaisha 
None 
None 

State or Other 
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation 
Switzerland 
Japan 
Cayman Islands 
Singapore 

None 
None 

China 
California 

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23.1 

STAAR Surgical Company 
Monrovia, CA 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-194147, No. 333-175980, No. 
333-148902,  No.  333-143131,  No.  333-124022  and  No.  333-116901)  and  Form  S-8  (No.  333-189349,  No.  333-167595  and  No. 
333-111154) of STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries of our reports dated March 12, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial 
statements and financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries’ internal control over 
financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.    

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 12, 2014 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
CERTIFICATIONS 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Barry G. Caldwell certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of STAAR Surgical Company; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this 
report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report 
based on such evaluation; and 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report 
financial information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2014 

/s/ Barry G. Caldwell 
Barry G. Caldwell 
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Director (principal executive officer) 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Stephen P. Brown certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of STAAR Surgical Company; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this 
report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report 
based on such evaluation; and 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report 
financial information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2014 

/s/ Stephen P. Brown 
Stephen P. Brown 
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal accounting and financial officer) 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 2014 (the “Report”) by STAAR 

Surgical Company (“the Company”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that: 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended, and 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company as of and for the periods presented in the Report. 

Dated: March 12, 2014 

Dated: March 12, 2014 

/s/ Barry G. Caldwell 
Barry G. Caldwell 
President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Director 
(principal executive officer) 

/s/ Stephen P. Brown 
Stephen P. Brown 
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer) 

A signed original of this statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the 

Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.